<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<Item xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" id="X-ALT_FSM_1" TextType="CompleteItem" SchemaVersion="2.0" PageStartNumber="0" Template="Generic_A4_Unnumbered" DiscussionAlias="Discussion" SecondColour="None" ThirdColour="None" FourthColour="None" Logo="colour" Rendering="OpenLearn" x_oucontentversion="2024042601">
    <meta name="aaaf:olink_server" content="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/ocw"/>
    <meta name="vle:osep" content="false"/>
    <meta name="equations" content="mathjax"/>
    <!--ADD CORRECT OPENLEARN COURSE URL HERE:<meta name="dc:source" content="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/education/educational-technology-and-practice/educational-practice/english-grammar-context/content-section-0"/>-->
    <CourseCode>FSM_1_NI<!--ENTER COURSE CODE e.g. X123_1--></CourseCode>
    <CourseTitle><!--can be blank--></CourseTitle>
    <ItemID><!--leave blank--></ItemID>
    <ItemTitle>Everyday maths 1 (Northern Ireland)<!--INSERT course title TO MATCH EXACTLY COURSE TITLE IN COURSE CREATION REQUEST FORM--> </ItemTitle>
    <FrontMatter>
        <Imprint>
            <Standard>
                <GeneralInfo>
                    <Paragraph><b>About this free course</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This free course is an adapted extract from the Open University course <!--[MODULE code] [Module title- Italics] THEN LINK to Study @ OU page for module. Text to be page URL without http;// but make sure href includes http:// (e.g. <a href="http://www3.open.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/course/b190.htm">www3.open.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/course/b190?LKCAMPAIGN=ebook_&amp;amp;MEDIA=ou</a>)] -->.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This version of the content may include video, images and interactive content that may not be optimised for your device. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You can experience this free course as it was originally designed on OpenLearn, the home of free learning from The Open University –</Paragraph>
                    <!--[course name] hyperlink to page URL make sure href includes http:// with trackingcode added <Paragraph><a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/money-management/introduction-bookkeeping-and-accounting/content-section-0?LKCAMPAIGN=ebook_&amp;amp;MEDIA=ol">www.open.edu/openlearn/money-management/introduction-bookkeeping-and-accounting/content-section-0</a>. </Paragraph>-->
                    <Paragraph>There you’ll also be able to track your progress via your activity record, which you can use to demonstrate your learning.</Paragraph>
                </GeneralInfo>
                <Address>
                    <AddressLine/>
                    <AddressLine/>
                </Address>
                <FirstPublished>
                    <Paragraph><?oxy_custom_start type="oxy_content_highlight" color="140,255,140"?>First published 2023.<?oxy_custom_end?></Paragraph>
                </FirstPublished>
                <Copyright>
                    <Paragraph>Unless otherwise stated, copyright © 2023 The Open University, all rights reserved.</Paragraph>
                </Copyright>
                <Rights>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph><b>Intellectual property</b></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Unless otherwise stated, this resource is released under the terms of the Creative Commons Licence v4.0 <a href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/deed.en_GB">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/deed.en_GB</a>. Within that The Open University interprets this licence in the following way: <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn">www.open.edu/openlearn/about-openlearn/frequently-asked-questions-on-openlearn</a>. Copyright and rights falling outside the terms of the Creative Commons Licence are retained or controlled by The Open University. Please read the full text before using any of the content. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We believe the primary barrier to accessing high-quality educational experiences is cost, which is why we aim to publish as much free content as possible under an open licence. If it proves difficult to release content under our preferred Creative Commons licence (e.g. because we can’t afford or gain the clearances or find suitable alternatives), we will still release the materials for free under a personal end-user licence. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This is because the learning experience will always be the same high quality offering and that should always be seen as positive – even if at times the licensing is different to Creative Commons. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>When using the content you must attribute us (The Open University) (the OU) and any identified author in accordance with the terms of the Creative Commons Licence.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The Acknowledgements section is used to list, amongst other things, third party (Proprietary), licensed content which is not subject to Creative Commons licensing. Proprietary content must be used (retained) intact and in context to the content at all times.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The Acknowledgements section is also used to bring to your attention any other Special Restrictions which may apply to the content. For example there may be times when the Creative Commons Non-Commercial Sharealike licence does not apply to any of the content even if owned by us (The Open University). In these instances, unless stated otherwise, the content may be used for personal and non-commercial use.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We have also identified as Proprietary other material included in the content which is not subject to Creative Commons Licence. These are OU logos, trading names and may extend to certain photographic and video images and sound recordings and any other material as may be brought to your attention.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Unauthorised use of any of the content may constitute a breach of the terms and conditions and/or intellectual property laws.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We reserve the right to alter, amend or bring to an end any terms and conditions provided here without notice.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>All rights falling outside the terms of the Creative Commons licence are retained or controlled by The Open University.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Head of Intellectual Property, The Open University</Paragraph>
                </Rights>
                <Edited>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </Edited>
                <Printed>
                    <Paragraph/>
                </Printed>
                <ISBN><!--INSERT EPUB ISBN WHEN AVAILABLE (.kdl)-->
        <!--INSERT KDL ISBN WHEN AVAILABLE (.epub)--></ISBN>
                <Edition/>
            </Standard>
        </Imprint>
        <Covers>
            <Cover template="false" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/fsm_1_ni_course_cover_2244x1488.jpg" type="ebook"/>
            <Cover template="false" type="A4" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/fsm_1_ni_course_cover_1400x1200.jpg"/>
        </Covers>
    </FrontMatter>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID><!--leave blank--></UnitID>
        <UnitTitle>Session 1: Working with numbers</UnitTitle>
        <Session id="added1727429895_4121">
            <Title>Introduction</Title>
            <Paragraph>It is very difficult to cope in everyday life without a basic understanding of numbers.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Calculators can be very useful, for example helping you to check your working out, or converting fractions to decimals.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>To complete the activities in this course you will need some notepaper, a pen for taking notes and working out calculations and a calculator.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Session 1 includes many examples of numeracy from everyday life, with lots of learning activities related to them that involve whole numbers, fractions, decimals, percentages, ratios and proportion.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>work with whole numbers</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use rounding</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand fractions, decimals and percentages, and the equivalencies between them</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use ratios and proportion</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand word formulas and function machines.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <MediaContent type="video" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_a48_numbers_1920x1080.mp4" width="1920" height="1080" x_manifest="bltl_a48_numbers_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="9116fbac" x_folderhash="9116fbac" x_contenthash="cbc20c57">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>Whether you’re out shopping, busy at work or even at home, numbers are everywhere.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph>It’s impossible to avoid them.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>From knowing what size clothes to shop for to working out how much money you have to spend, it’s hard to imagine a world without numbers.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph>A basic understanding of maths and numbers is important for so many decisions we make in our everyday lives.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>And whatever it is you’re shopping for, you will have to deal with fractions as well as percentages, which can be really useful when working out whether a special offer is, in fact, a bargain.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you’re mixing cement, the idea of ratio and proportion is really important, in just the same way as if you’re working out the correct quantities of ingredients you need for baking.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph>In everyday life, numbers don’t have to be a challenge.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>They can be useful in all sorts of ways.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_a48_numbers.png" x_folderhash="13381984" x_contenthash="998d0def" x_imagesrc="bltl_a48_numbers.png" x_imagewidth="1920" x_imageheight="1080"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm78">
            <Title>1 Whole numbers</Title>
            <!--<Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_1.png" width="100%"/>
<Description>An image illustrating place value with the number 987,654,321. 987 is labelled ‘millions’, where the 9 is in the hundreds column, the 8 is in the tens column and the 7 is in the ones column. 654 is labelled ‘thousands’, where the 6 is in the hundreds column, the 5 is in the tens column and the 4 is in the ones column. 321 is labelled ‘units’, where the 3 is in the hundreds column, the 2 is in the tens column and the 1 is in the ones column. </Description>
            </Figure>-->
            <Paragraph>What is a whole number? The simple answer is ‘any number that does not include a fraction or decimal part’. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">So for example, 3 is a whole number, but 3<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>2</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> or 3.25 are NOT whole numbers.  </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Numbers can be positive or negative.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Positive numbers can be written with or without a plus (+) sign, so 3 and +3 are the same.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Negative numbers always have a minus (–) sign in front of them, such as –3, –5 or –2.</Paragraph>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm94">
                <Title>1.1 Positive numbers and place value</Title>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="ae07dfdc" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="350"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 1 Place value</Caption>
                    <Description>An image illustrating place value with the number 987 654 321. 987 is labelled ‘millions’, where the 9 is in the hundreds column, the 8 is in the tens column and the 7 is in the ones column. 654 is labelled ‘thousands’, where the 6 is in the hundreds column, the 5 is in the tens column and the 4 is in the ones column. 321 is labelled ‘units’, where the 3 is in the hundreds column, the 2 is in the tens column and the 1 is in the ones column. </Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Let’s look at positive numbers in more detail.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The place value of a digit in a number depends on its position or place in the number:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 8 in 58 is 8 units.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 3 in 34 is 3 tens.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 4 in 435 is 4 hundreds.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The value of 6 in 6 758 is 6 thousands.</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <!--<Paragraph>Look at the following example, which shows the place value of each digit in a seven-digit number.</Paragraph>-->
                <!--<CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: What’s in a number?</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Take the number 9,046,251. The value of each digit is as follows:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>9 millions</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>0 hundred thousands</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>4 ten thousands (or 40 thousand)</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>6 thousands</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>2 hundreds</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>5 tens</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>1 unit</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>To make large numbers easier to read, we put them in groups of three digits starting from the right:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>6532 is often written as 6,532 (or 6 532).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>25897 is often written as 25,897 (or 25 897).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>596124 is often written as 596,124 (or 596 124).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>7538212 is often written as 7,538,212 (or 7 538 212).</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>-->
                <!--<Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 1: Working with place value</Heading>
                        <Multipart>
                            <Part>
                                <Question>
                                    <NumberedList>
                                        <ListItem>Write 4 025 in words.</ListItem>
                                    </NumberedList>
                                    <Table>
                                        <TableHead/>
                                        <tbody>
                                            <tr>
                                                <th>Th</th>
                                                <th>H</th>
                                                <th>T</th>
                                                <th>U</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>4</td>
                                                <td>0</td>
                                                <td>2</td>
                                                <td>5</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </tbody>
                                    </Table>
                                </Question>
                                <Answer>
                                    <Paragraph>4 025 in words is four thousand and twenty-five.</Paragraph>
                                </Answer>
                            </Part>
                            <Part>
                                <Question>
                                    <NumberedList start="2">
                                        <ListItem>Write six thousand, four hundred and seventy-two in figures.</ListItem>
                                    </NumberedList>
                                    <Table>
                                        <TableHead/>
                                        <tbody>
                                            <tr>
                                                <th>Th</th>
                                                <th>H</th>
                                                <th>T</th>
                                                <th>U</th>
                                            </tr>
                                            <tr>
                                                <td>six</td>
                                                <td>four</td>
                                                <td>seven</td>
                                                <td>two</td>
                                            </tr>
                                        </tbody>
                                    </Table>
                                </Question>
                                <Answer>
                                    <Paragraph>Six thousand, four hundred and seventy-two in figures is 6 472.</Paragraph>
                                </Answer>
                            </Part>
                            <Part>
                                <Question>
                                    <NumberedList start="3">
                                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Here are the results of an election to be school governor at Hawthorn School:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>John Smith: 436 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Sonia Cedar: 723 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Pat Kane: 156 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Anjali Seedher: 72 votes</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Who won the election?</Paragraph><Paragraph>Check your answer with our feedback before continuing.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    </NumberedList>
                                </Question>
                                <Answer>
                                    <Paragraph>The person who wins the election is the person who gets the most votes.</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>To find the biggest number we need to compare the value of the first digit in each number. If this is the same for any of the numbers, then we need to go on to compare the value of the second digit in each number and so on.</Paragraph>
                                    <UnNumberedList>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 436 is 4 hundreds.</ListItem>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 723 is 7 hundreds.</ListItem>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 156 is 1 hundred.</ListItem>
                                        <ListItem>The value of the first digit in 72 is 7 tens.</ListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedList>
                                    <Paragraph>Comparing the values of the first digit in each number tells us that the biggest number is 723, so Sonia Cedar is the winner of the election.</Paragraph>
                                </Answer>
                            </Part>
                        </Multipart>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm170">
                <Title>1.2 Numbers with zeros</Title>
                <Paragraph>The zero in a number plays a very important part in deciding its value.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Four hundred is written:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>H</th>
                            <th>T</th>
                            <th>U</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>We need to put in the two zeros to show that it is four hundred and not just four.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph> Six hundred and seven is written:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>H</th>
                            <th>T</th>
                            <th>U</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                            <td>7</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>We need the zero to show that there are no tens.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: Place value</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Fill in the boxes to show the value of each figure. The first two are done for you.</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Number</th>
                                    <th>Th</th>
                                    <th>H</th>
                                    <th>T</th>
                                    <th>U</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>584</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                    <td>8</td>
                                    <td>4</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>690</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>6</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>708</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l1"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l2"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l3"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l4"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l5"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l6"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>4 290</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l7"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l8"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l9"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l10"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>5 060</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l11"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l12"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l13"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l14"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>2 100</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l15"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l16"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l17"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l18"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>3 009</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l19"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l20"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l21"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a2_l22"/></td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Number</th>
                                    <th>Th</th>
                                    <th>H</th>
                                    <th>T</th>
                                    <th>U</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>584</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                    <td>8</td>
                                    <td>4</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>690</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>6</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>708</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>7</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>8</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                    <td/>
                                    <td>3</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>2</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>4 290</td>
                                    <td>4</td>
                                    <td>2</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>5 060</td>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>6</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>2 100</td>
                                    <td>2</td>
                                    <td>1</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>3 009</td>
                                    <td>3</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>9</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>Taken from Liverpool Community College Flexi packs - 01 Number - Place Value</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm341">
                <Title>1.3 Writing large numbers</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to read numbers much larger than those we have looked at previously.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Take the number 9 046 251. The value of each digit is as follows:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>9 millions</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0 hundred thousands</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 ten thousands (or 40 thousand)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>6 thousands</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>2 hundreds</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>5 tens</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>1 unit</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>To make large numbers easier to read, we put them in groups of three digits starting from the right:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>6532 is often written as 6 532 (or 6,532).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>25897 is often written as 25 897 (or 25,897).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>596124 is often written as 596 124 (or 596,124).</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>7538212 is often written as 7 538 212 (or 7,538,212).</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Using a place value grid can also help you to read large numbers. The place value grid groups the digits for you, making the whole number easier to read.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Look at the place value grid below. It only goes up to millions, but we can use place value to record numbers of any size, including numbers much greater than this. </Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Million</td>
                            <td colspan="3" borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Thousand</td>
                            <td colspan="3" borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Millions</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Hundreds of thousands</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Tens of thousands</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Thousands</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Hundreds</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Tens</td>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true">Units</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                            <td borderright="true" borderbottom="true" borderleft="true" bordertop="true"/>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>You may also want to watch this clip to help you to understand place value with large numbers:</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:iInDdBkfAiQ" type="embed" x_manifest="iInDdBkfAiQ_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Reading large numbers using a place value grid</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>How would you say the number in the place value grid?</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Million</td>
                                <td colspan="3">Thousand</td>
                                <td colspan="3"/>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Millions</th>
                                <th>Hundreds of thousands</th>
                                <th>Tens of thousands</th>
                                <th>Thousands</th>
                                <th>Hundreds</th>
                                <th>Tens</th>
                                <th>Units</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                                <td>0</td>
                                <td>6</td>
                                <td>8</td>
                                <td>9</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to say the number a section at a time:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>Seven (7) million,</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>four hundred and six (406) thousand,</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>eight hundred and ninety-four (894).</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So the number is seven million, four hundred and six thousand, eight hundred and ninety-four (7 406 894). </Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity, using the place value grid to help you if needed.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 3: Large numbers</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Write the following numbers in words:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>765 228</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 655 501</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 487 887</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Write the following words in numbers:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Six hundred and eight thousand, nine hundred and ten.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Two million, seven hundred and eleven thousand, one hundred and six.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Eight million, nine hundred thousand, four hundred.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Put the following numbers in size order, starting with the smallest:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>496 832</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 260 802</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>258 411</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>482 112</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 248 758</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 118 233</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Seven hundred and sixty-five thousand, two hundred and twenty-eight.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>One million, six hundred and fifty-five thousand, five hundred and one.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Three million, four hundred and eighty-seven thousand, eight hundred and eighty-seven.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>608 910</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 711 106 </SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 900 400</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The correct order is: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>258 411</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>482 112</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>496 832</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 118 233</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 248 758</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 260 802</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList> 
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm462">
                <Title>1.4 Negative numbers</Title>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1w_01_neg_numbers.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\assets\s1\bltl_maths-l1w_01_neg-numbers.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="84b192a8" x_contenthash="5436d8dd" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1w_01_neg_numbers.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="383"/>
                    <Description>An image of a bank statement that features both positive and negative numbers.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>So far you have only looked at positive numbers, but negative numbers are just as important. Negative numbers have a minus sign (–) in front of them.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Some examples of where negative numbers will apply to real life is with temperatures and bank balances, although hopefully our bank balances will not display too many negatives! </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>You might have encountered negative numbers in weather
reports, such as temperatures like –2°C, which indicate temperatures below
freezing. Freezing point, which is 0 degrees Celsius, is where water turns into
ice. If you ever have an overdraft at the bank, you may see minus signs next to
the figures. If a bank statement reads –£30, for example, this tells you how
much you’re overdrawn. In other words, what you owe the bank! </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Where have you seen negative numbers recently? Look at this thermometer:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/negative_numbers.png" x_folderhash="733711ce" x_contenthash="9889f586" x_imagesrc="negative_numbers.png" x_imagewidth="361" x_imageheight="290"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 2 negative numbers on a thermometer</Caption>
                    <Alternative>An illustration of a thermometer, showing that anying below 0°C is a negative number.</Alternative>
                    <Description>An illustration of a thermometer, showing that anying below 0°C is a negative number.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <!--<Paragraph>Watch <a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/skillswise/topic/negative-numbers">a video about negative numbers</a> on the BBC Skillswise website: it shows everyday examples of where you might find negative numbers.</Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>It shows us that:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>–10°C is a lower temperature than –5°C</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>10°C is a higher temperature than –10°C.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> ‘Lower’ means ‘less than’. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>‘Higher’ means ‘greater than’.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>The less than &lt; and greater than &gt; symbols are used to compare temperatures, indicating if one temperature is lower or higher than another.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Example: 25°C &gt; 10°C</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This means that 25 degrees Celsius is greater than 10 degrees Celsius.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The lower the temperature, the colder it is, the higher the
temperature, the warmer it is.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Using negative numbers in everyday life</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The following table shows the temperatures in several cities on one day.</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>City</th>
                                            <th>Temperature</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>A</td>
                                            <td>–2°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>B</td>
                                            <td>–5°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>C</td>
                                            <td>–1°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>D</td>
                                            <td>–8°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>E</td>
                                            <td>–3°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>Which are the coldest and warmest cities?</ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>A particular brand of ice cream includes the following note in its storing instructions:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>For best results, store in temperatures between –10°C and –6°C</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>If your freezer’s temperature was –11°C, would it be OK to keep this ice cream in it?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>City D is the coldest because it has the lowest temperature. City C is the warmest because it has the highest temperature.</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>No, because –11°C is colder than the recommended range of between –10°C and –6°C. Keeping the ice cream in your freezer would probably damage the ice cream.</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>You have now seen how we use negative numbers in everyday life, for example bank balances and temperatures. Try practising using them when you are out and about. You will also use this skill within some simple questions that are coming up.</Paragraph>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm527">
                <Title>1.5 Working with whole numbers</Title>
                <Paragraph>The following activities cover everything in the whole numbers section. As you attempt the activities, look for key words to identify what the question is asking you to do. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 5: Looking at numbers</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Look at this newspaper headline:</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_1-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_1-3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="5ae049e6" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_1-3.png" x_imagewidth="266" x_imageheight="270"/><Caption>Figure 3 A newspaper headline</Caption><Alternative>A newspaper with the headline ‘Pop Idols: 9 653 000 youngsters vote in final’.</Alternative></Figure>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What number does the 9 represent in the newspaper headline?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How many thousands are there?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Look at the details below. Who won the <i>Pop Idols</i> competition?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>Will: 4 850 000 votes</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Gareth: 4 803 000 votes</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>Look at the data in the following table. It gives the temperatures of five cities on a Monday in January.</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>City</th>
                                            <th>Temperature</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>London</td>
                                            <td>0°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Paris</td>
                                            <td>–1°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Madrid</td>
                                            <td>10°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Delhi</td>
                                            <td>28°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Moscow</td>
                                            <td>–10°C</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Which city was the coldest?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Which city was the warmest?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How many cities have a temperature below 5°C?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The answers are as follows:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>9 million</SubListItem><SubListItem>653 thousand </SubListItem><SubListItem>Will</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>The answers are as follows:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>Moscow</SubListItem><SubListItem>Delhi </SubListItem><SubListItem>London, Paris and Moscow</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                    <!--<ListItem>£24 + £18 = £42</ListItem>
<ListItem>£48 – £26 = £22</ListItem>-->
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <!--<Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3"><ListItem>You buy a jumper for £24 and a skirt for £18. How much do you spend altogether?</ListItem></NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>-->
                        <!--<Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="4"><ListItem>You have £48. You spend £26. How much do you have left?</ListItem></NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            
                        </Part>-->
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
                <!--                <Paragraph>If you have had any problems answering these questions, please look at the following resources for addition and subtraction skills: </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><EditorComment>(Insert links to clips)</EditorComment></Paragraph>
-->
                <!--<Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Using multiplication and division</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>You can use a calculator in this activity.</Paragraph>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem>What are the answers to these sums?
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 × 4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 9</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5 × 7</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>36 ÷ 9</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>48 ÷ 6</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>15 ÷ 3</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
<ListItem>Wine glasses come in boxes of 10. There are 25 boxes in a crate. How many wine glasses are there in one crate?</ListItem>
<ListItem>A circus is selling tickets at £19 for adults and £11 for children. How much would it cost for two adults and two children to go?</ListItem>

</NumberedList>
                                
                                <Paragraph>Now check your answers to make sure you are ready to move on.</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem>The answers are as follows: 
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 ×4 = 24</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 × 9 = 27</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5 × 7 = 35</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>36 ÷ 9 = 4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>48 ÷ 6 = 8</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>15 ÷ 3 = 5</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
<ListItem>10 × 25 = 250 wine glasses.</ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph>2 × 19 = £38</Paragraph><Paragraph>11 × 2 = £22</Paragraph><Paragraph>22 + 38 = £60</Paragraph><Paragraph>It would cost £60 to go to the circus. </Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>-->
                <!--<Paragraph>Once you have checked your answers, please identify any key areas for development. Did you struggle to identify whether to use division or multiplication? Did you forget what a square number is? If so, you might like to try one of the following resources for some extra help with this subject:</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><EditorComment>(Insert links for multiplication, division and square number clips).</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm594">
                <Title>1.6 Add and subtract large numbers</Title>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Addition</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>We add large numbers in the same way as we add smaller numbers:</Paragraph>
                    <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:vjMo92dR7Ds" type="embed" x_manifest="vjMo92dR7Ds_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 6: Adding whole numbers</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <!--<Paragraph>Remember you can check your calculations using the inverse method, which means using subtraction to check that your answer to an addition calculation is correct. For example:</Paragraph>-->
                            <Paragraph>Complete the following tasks without using a calculator:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>8 936 + 453</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 291 + 2 520</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>35 + 214 + 9 963</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>28 550 + 865</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>243 552 + 64 771</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>698 441 + 323 118</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Remember you can check your calculations using the inverse method, which means using the opposite type of sum to check that your answer is correct. For example, you can use subtraction to check that an addition calculation is correct:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>630 + 295 = 925 (addition)</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>925 – 295 = 630 (subtraction to check)</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>9 389</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>5 811</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>10 212</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>29 415</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>308 323</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 021 559</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Subtraction</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>There are different methods that can be used to subtract numbers. You need to find the method that works for you.</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Decomposition method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>843 – 266</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Follow the following steps:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Start with the units: subtract 6 from 3. (<i>This can’t be done.</i>)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>There are four tens in the tens column. One of these can be given to the units column.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>If 10 is added to the original 3 we now have 13 in the units column: 13 – 6  = 7.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7 is placed on the answer line in the units column.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_1.png" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="b34d3692" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_1.png" x_imagewidth="152" x_imageheight="152"/>
<Description>The first step in calculating 843 – 266.</Description>
</Figure>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Now move on to the tens column: subtract 6 from 3. There are only three tens left, because one 10 was added to the units column. (<i>This can’t be done.</i>)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>There are eight hundreds in the hundreds column. Taking one from the hundreds column and moving it to the tens column makes 13 in the tens column: 13 – 6 = 7.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7 is placed on the answer line in the tens column.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="f5476f43" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_2.png" x_imagewidth="152" x_imageheight="152"/>
<Description>The second step in calculating 843 – 266.</Description>
</Figure>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>There is now a 7 in the hundreds column.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Subtract 3 from 7: 7 – 2 = 5.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>This is placed on the answer line in the hundreds column.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="54609b94" x_contenthash="7e27663d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s1_fig1_6_3.png" x_imagewidth="152" x_imageheight="152"/>
<Description>The third step in calculating 843 – 266.</Description>
</Figure>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The final answer is 577.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You need to be careful when trying to subtract with zeros; for example, 800 – 427. The following video shows the decomposition method in full, including dealing with zeros:</Paragraph>
                    <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:6UCV8919-ZQ" type="embed" x_manifest="6UCV8919-ZQ_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    <SubHeading>‘Borrow and pay back’ method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>765 – 39</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Follow the following steps:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/subtraction.png" x_folderhash="7e333c51" x_contenthash="7051096d" x_imagesrc="subtraction.png" x_imagewidth="355" x_imageheight="232"/>
                        <Alternative>Illustration of subtracting 39 from 765, using the "borrow and pay back" method.</Alternative>
                        <Description>Illustration of subtracting 39 from 765, using the "borrow and pay back" method.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 7: Subtracting whole numbers</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Complete this activity using the subtraction method that you are most familiar with. Do not use a calculator.</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>9 965 – 742</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 163 – 7 481</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>27 364 – 9 583</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>600 987 – 4 500</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>975 046 – 74 308</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>587 342 – 369 453</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Remember you can check your calculations using the inverse method, which means using subtraction to check that your answer to an addition calculation is correct. For example:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>630 + 295 = 925 (addition)</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>925 – 295 = 630 (subtraction to check)</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>9 223</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>682</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>17 781</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>596 487</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>900 738</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>217 889</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm699">
                <Title>1.7 Multiplication</Title>
                <SubSection id="nonumber-idm701">
                    <Title>Multiplication by 10, 100 and 1 000</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>×10</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To multiply a whole number by 10, we write the number then add one zero on the end. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>2 × 10 = 20 (2 × 1 = 2, then add a zero)</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>6 × 10 = 6<b>0</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>10 × 10 = 1<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>×100</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When we multiply a whole number by 100,  we add two zeros to the end of the number. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>3 × 100 = 3<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>25 × 100 = 2 5<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>60 × 100 = 6 0<b>00</b></Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>×1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When we multiply a whole number by 1 000,  we add three zeros to the end of the number. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>4 × 1 000 = 4 <b>000</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>32 × 1 000 = 32 <b>000</b></Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>50 × 1 000 = 50 <b>000</b></Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 8: Multiplying whole numbers by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Now try the following:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>7 × 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>32 × 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120 × 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 × 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>21 × 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>520 × 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>12 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>45 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Pens cost 31 pence each.  How much would it cost for a pack of ten pens?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>A supermarket buys boxes of cereal in batches of 100. If they buy 19 batches, how many boxes is this?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Seven people win £1 000 each on the lottery.  How much money is this altogether?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>70</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>320</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 200</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>800</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>2 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>52 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>12 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>45 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>310 pence (or £3.10)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 900 boxes of cereal</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£7 000</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection id="nonumber-idm764">
                    <Title>Multiples and square numbers</Title>
                    <Paragraph>When dealing with multiplication, it is important to know the meaning of multiples and square numbers.</Paragraph>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Multiples</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>A multiple of a number can be divided exactly by that number. So for example, 12 is a multiple of 2, 3, 4 and 6, because:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>2 × 6 = 12</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>4 × 3 = 12</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 9: Looking for multiples</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Look at the following row of numbers, and then answer the questions below.</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>
<b>12,
17, 300, 24, 30, 39, 2000, 100, 45, 52, 80, 50, 450</b></Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Which of these numbers are multiples of 2?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Which of these numbers are multiples of 3?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Which of these numbers are multiples of 5?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Which of these numbers are multiples of 10?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Which of these numbers are multiples of 50?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Which of these numbers are multiples of 100?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Which of these numbers are multiples of 1000?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>1.  12, 24, 30, 50, 52, 80, 100,
300, 450, 2000 are multiples of 2. </Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 6 = 12</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 12 = 24</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2  15 = 30</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 25 = 50</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 26 = 52</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 40 = 80</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 50 = 100</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 150 = 300</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 225 = 450 </Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     2 × 1000 = 2000</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>2.  12, 24, 30, 39, 45, 300 and
450 are multiples of 3. </Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     3 × 4 = 12</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     3 × 8 = 24</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     3 × 10 = 30</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     3 × 13 = 39</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     3 × 15 = 45</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     3 × 100 = 300</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     3 × 150 = 450</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>3.  30, 45, 50, 80, 100, 300, 450
and 2000 are multiples of 5. </Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 6 = 30</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 9 = 45</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 10 = 50</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 16 = 80</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 20 = 100</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 60 = 300</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 90 = 450</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     5 × 400 = 2000</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>4.  30, 50, 100, 300, 450, 2000
are multiples of 10. </Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     10 × 3 = 30</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     10 × 5 = 50</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     10 × 8 = 80</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     10 × 10 = 100</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     10 ×30 = 300</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     10 × 45 = 450</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·     10 × 200 = 2000</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>5.
50, 100, 300, 450 and 2000 are multiples of 50.</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·       
50
× 1 = 50</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·       
50
× 2 = 100</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·       
50
× 6 = 300</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·       
50
× 9 = 450</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·       
50
× 40 = 2000</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>6. 100, 300 and 2000 are multiples of 100.</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·        100 × 1 = 100</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·        100 × 3 = 300</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>·        100 × 20 = 2000</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>7. 2000 is a multiple of 1000: 1000 × 2 = 2000</Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Square numbers</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>A square number is made when you multiply any whole number by itself. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>1 × 1 = 1</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>2 × 2 = 4</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>3 × 3 = 9</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                        <Box>
                            <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Square numbers are commonly shown as: 1<sup>2</sup> (meaning 1 × 1), 2<sup>2</sup> (meaning 2 × 2), 3<sup>2</sup> (meaning 3 × 3), etc.</Paragraph>
                        </Box>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 10: Identifying square numbers</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>You have been given the square numbers up to 3. Following the pattern, what are the square numbers from 4 to 12?</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>The answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph>4 × 4 = 16</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>5 × 5 = 25</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>6 × 6 = 36</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>7 × 7 = 49</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>8 × 8 = 64</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>9 × 9 = 81</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>10 × 10 = 100</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>11 × 11 = 121</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>12 × 12 = 144</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection id="nonumber-idm838">
                    <Title>Multiplication methods</Title>
                    <Paragraph>There are several ways to multiply, and each method will give you the correct answer as long as you use it correctly. The following videos show you the most common methods.</Paragraph>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Standard multiplication</Heading>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:wayoCIgl08I" type="embed" x_manifest="wayoCIgl08I_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Grid method multiplication</Heading>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:4PcsEtIqei8" type="embed" x_manifest="4PcsEtIqei8_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Lattice method multiplication</Heading>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:NDC79an3NNA" type="embed" x_manifest="NDC79an3NNA_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 11: Multiplying whole numbers</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Choose the method you are most comfortable with and use it to calculate the following sums:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>76 × 4</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>183 × 6</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>42 × 25</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>123 × 40</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>718 × 21</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>249 × 34</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>678 × 39</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>A theatre has 85 rows of seats and there are 48 seats in each row. What is the total number of seats?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>A taxi driver travels 250 miles per day. How many miles are travelled in 15 days?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>54 people go on a short coach holiday to the Mourne Mountains. They each pay £199. How much will they pay in total?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Now check your calculations with a calculator before revealing the answers.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>304</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 098</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 050</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 920</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>15 078</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 466</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>26 442</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 080 seats</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>3 750  miles</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£10 746 in total</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </SubSection>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm878">
                <Title>1.8 Division</Title>
                <SubSection id="nonumber-idm880">
                    <Title>Division by 10, 100 and 1 000</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>÷ 10</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To divide a whole number by 10 (when the number ends in a zero), remove a zero from the end of the number to make it 10 times smaller. For example:</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>2<b>0</b> ÷ 10 = 2</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>6<b>0</b> ÷ 10 = 6</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>10<b>0</b> ÷ 10 = 10</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>÷ 100</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To divide a whole number by 100 (when the number ends in at least two zeros), remove two zeros from the end of the number.</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>3<b>00</b> ÷ 100 = 3</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>2 5<b>00</b> ÷ 100 = 25</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>6 0<b>00</b> ÷  100 = 60</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>÷ 1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>To divide a whole number by 1000 (when the number ends in at least three zeros), remove three zeros from the end of the number.</Paragraph>
                        <Extract>
                            <Paragraph>4 <b>000</b> ÷ 1 000 = 4</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>32 <b>000</b> ÷ 1 000 = 32</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>50 <b>000</b> ÷ 1 000 = 50</Paragraph>
                        </Extract>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 12: Dividing by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>70 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>32 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>8 500 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>2 100 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>52 000 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>34 000 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120 000 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>450 000 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Rulers are sold in boxes of ten. How many boxes will 350 rulers fill?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>There are 100 centimetres in 1 metre. What is 18 000 centimetres in metres?</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Ten people share a lottery win of £16 000. How much money does each person win?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>7</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>32</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>12</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>85</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>21</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>520</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>34</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>120</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>450</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>35 boxes</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>180 metres</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£1 600</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection id="nonumber-idm943">
                    <Title>Short and long division</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Short division</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following video about short division to help you complete the activity:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:lRms31-VtJE" type="embed" x_manifest="lRms31-VtJE_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 13: Dividing whole numbers (short division)</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>969 ÷ 3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>3 240 ÷ 8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>7 929 ÷ 9</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>34 125 ÷ 5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>14 508 ÷ 8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>80 225 ÷ 4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A syndicate of six people wins £135 000 on the lottery. How much will each person get?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A factory packs 34 000 fish fingers into boxes of eight. How many boxes are filled?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>Please note that some of the answers have remainders.</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>323</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>405</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>881</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>6 825</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1 813 r4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>20 056 r1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£22 500 each</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>4 250 boxes</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Long division</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following video about long division to help you complete the activity:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:eIUoIhfupuA" type="embed" x_manifest="eIUoIhfupuA_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 14: Dividing whole numbers (long division)</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>648 ÷ 18</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>377 ÷ 29</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>298 ÷ 14</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1 170 ÷ 18</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>42 984 ÷ 12</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Sian earns £12 540 a year. How much does she earn each month?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Alun buys a car costing £8 550. He wants to pay for it over 15 months. How much will it cost each month?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>Now check your calculations with a calculator before revealing the answers.
</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>36</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>13</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>21 r4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>65</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>3 582</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£1 045 a month</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£570 a month</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm999">
                <Title>1.9 A note on the four operations</Title>
                <Paragraph>The four operations are addition, subtraction, multiplication and division. You will already be using these in your daily life (whether you realise it or not!). Everyday life requires us to carry out maths all the time – for example, checking you’ve been given the correct change, working out how many packs of cakes you need for the children’s birthday party and splitting the bill in a restaurant.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Paragraph><i>Everyday maths 1</i> allows the use of a calculator throughout, so you do not need to be able to work out these calculations by hand – but you do need to understand what each operation does and when to use it.</Paragraph>-->
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem><b>Addition (+)</b> is used when you want to find the total, or sum, of two or more amounts.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Subtraction (−)</b> is used when you want to find the difference between two amounts or how much of something you have left after a quantity is used. For example, if you want to find out how much change you are owed after spending an amount of money.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Multiplication (×)</b> is also used for totals and sums, but when there is more than one of the same number. For example, if you bought five packs of apples that cost £1.20 each, to find out the total amount of money you would spend the sum would be 5 × £1.20.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Division (÷)</b> is used when sharing or grouping items. For example, to find out how many doughnuts you can buy with £6 if one doughnut costs £1.50, you would use the sum £6 ÷ £1.50.
</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Checking calculations</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You should always double-check your calculations using an alternative method. There are different methods you can use, and the one you choose will probably depend on the calculation.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>One very good way of checking calculations is to carry out a reverse calculation, or an inverse calculation as it was called earlier in this session. This is where you use the opposite type of sum (or opposite operation) to check your answer:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>Addition (+) and subtraction (–) are opposite operations.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Multiplication (×) and division (÷) are opposite operations.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>If your check results in the same answer, it means that your original sum is correct too. For example, you may have made the following calculation:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>200 – 168 = 32</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>32 + 168 = 200</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Alternatively, if you wanted to check the following calculation:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>80 × 2 = 160</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>160 ÷ 2 = 80 </Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>learned how to read, write, order and compare positive numbers</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>looked at different ways of using negative numbers in everyday life</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>carried out calculations</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>learned how to use the inverse method to check answers.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1038">
            <Title>2 Rounding</Title>
            <Paragraph>If you are out on a shopping trip, being able to quickly estimate the total cost of your shopping could help you to decide whether you have enough money to pay for it. Approximating answers to calculations is a very useful skill to have.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Remember the rounding rhyme that will help you:</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="2488494a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="308"/>
                <Caption>Figure 4 ‘Four or less, let it rest. Five or more, raise the score!’</Caption>
                <Description>A rounding rhyme: ‘Four or less, let it rest. Five or more, raise the score!’</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Watch this video to refresh your knowledge on rounding. You should make notes throughout:</Paragraph>
            <MediaContent type="embed" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:LGRoPAPMZhA" width="512" x_manifest="LGRoPAPMZhA_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
            <!--<EditorComment>(Matt Driver) Have rights been obtained for the YouTube video? We should rip this and include as proper media player film, with transcript, not embedded YouTube link </EditorComment>-->
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activities. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 15: Rounding to 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Round these numbers to the nearest 10:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>64</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>69</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>65</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>648</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>271</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>587</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Check with our suggestions before continuing.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="ac9a2c15" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 5 A number line</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a number line, with 64, 65 and 69 highlighted.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>You can see in Figure 5 that: </Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>64 rounded to the nearest 10 is 60.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>69 rounded to the nearest 10 is 70.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>65 rounded to the nearest 10 is 70. (Remember: when a number is exactly halfway, you always round up. As the rhyme goes, ‘Five or more, raise the score!’)</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The other answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="4">
                                <ListItem>648 rounded to the nearest 10 is 650.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>271 rounded to the nearest 10 is 270.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>587 rounded to the nearest 10 is 590.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Now practise rounding to the nearest 100. The rule is exactly the same.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Round these numbers to the nearest 100:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>325</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>350</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>365</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 924</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 630</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 279</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Check with our suggestions before continuing.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="0b6f77ef" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 6 A number line</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a number line, with 325, 350 and 365 highlighted.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>You can see in Figure 6 that:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>325 rounded to the nearest 100 is 300.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>350 rounded to the nearest 100 is 400.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>365 rounded to the nearest 100 is 400.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The other answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="4">
                                <ListItem>2 924 rounded to the nearest 100 is 2 900.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>1 630 rounded to the nearest 100 is 1 600.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>2 279 rounded to the nearest 100 is 2 300.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Now practise rounding to the nearest 1 000. </Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>Round these numbers to the nearest 1 000:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 250</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 650</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 500</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 060</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>31 300</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>13 781</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>155 600</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="f8a17653" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="100"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 7 A number line</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a number line, with 4 060, 4 250, 4 500 and 4 650 highlighted.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>You can see in Figure 7 that:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>4 250 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 4 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 650 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 5 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 500 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 5 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>4 060 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 4 000.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The other answers are as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="5">
                                <ListItem>31 300 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 31 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>13 781 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 14 000.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>155 600 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 156 000.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>We often round numbers in real life especially when shopping. Watch the video on  <a href="https://www.bbc.co.uk/teach/skillswise/rounding-and-estimating/zv8qcqt">the BBC Skillswise website</a> to learn more about real-life examples of rounding.</Paragraph>
            <!--            <Paragraph><EditorComment><b>{Visual item- could this be shown in an animated clip?}</b></EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment><b>Introduction with Bill, shopping activity;</b></EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment>{A young Bill is going shopping for his own weekly shop before becoming famous he has a budget of £20.00 and cannot exceed this, here are the items he selects, estimate if Bill has enough}.</EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment>Separate shopping list below;</EditorComment></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><EditorComment>Could we have a shopping clip of Bill selecting;</EditorComment></Paragraph>
-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Rounding to the nearest £</Heading>
                <Paragraph>The rule is that if the amount ends in 50p or more, round up to the £ above, and if the amount ends in less than 50p, the £ stays the same.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>For example:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>£6.32 = £6 to the nearest £ (because 32p is less than 50p)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>£42.51 = £43 to the nearest £ (because 51p is more than 50p)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 16: Rounding to the nearest £</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Round the following amounts to the nearest £:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>£5.20</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£1.70</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£7.35</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£13.13</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£23.51</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£128.85</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>£5</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£2</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£7</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£13</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£24</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£129</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </InternalSection>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 17: Bill’s shopping</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Bill has £20 to spend on his shopping. Here’s a list of the items he selects, along with how much they cost: 
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="05f61602" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="404"/><Caption>Figure 8 A shopping list</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a shopping list, featuring the following items and their prices: British beef mince, £2.20; eight thick beef sausages, £1.24, thick sliced white loaf, 72p; pasta (500g), 79p; corn flakes, £1.78; chocolate biscuits, £1.29; milk (6 pints), £2.12; potatoes, £1.98; tomatoes, 69p; bananas, 90p; apples, £1.49; coffee, £4.13.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Use your rounding skills to work out whether Bill has enough money to pay for all of his shopping. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Box>
                                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> In this activity you should round to the nearest pound, so £2.20 would be rounded to £2. </Paragraph>
                            </Box>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>Rounding all of the items should give you a total of £19 – so yes, Bill probably has enough money to pay for all of his shopping.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Can you total all of the items on the shopping list to see what the actual cost of Bill’s shopping is?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The total cost of all of the items on the shopping list comes to £19.33, which is very close to the answer you achieved through rounding.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Well done! You have now successfully rounded and carried out some basic number work. Can you see the importance of rounding? This is especially important when sticking to a budget.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>By completing this section you have learned how to estimate answers to calculations.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So far you have worked with negative numbers, whole numbers, estimation and multiples. All of the practised skills will help you with everyday tasks such as shopping, working with a budget and reading temperatures.  The objectives that you have covered are:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>the meaning of a positive and negative number</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>how to carry out calculations with whole numbers.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>how an approximate answer can help to check an exact answer.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>multiples and square numbers.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </Section>-->
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1188">
                <Title>2.1 Estimating answers to calculations</Title>
                <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_8.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
                <Paragraph>Throughout this course you will be asked to estimate or approximate an answer in a scenario. If you do not use rounding to provide an answer to this question your answer will be incorrect. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Try the following activity using rounding throughout. Pay particular attention to the language used.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 18: Rounding</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The population of a city is 6 439 800. Round this number to the nearest million.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Tickets to a concert cost £6 each. 6 987 tickets have been sold. Approximately how much money has been collected?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>412 students passed their Maths GCSE this year at Longfield High School. 395 passed last year. Approximately how many students passed GCSE Maths over the last two years?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Four armchairs cost £595. What is the approximate cost of one armchair?
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_2-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_2-1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="cbca4ec5" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_2-1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 9 How much for one armchair?</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of an armchair that has a price tag reading ‘???’.</Description></Figure>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A box contains 18 pencils. A company orders 50 boxes. Approximately how many pencils is that?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A teacher is buying packs of markers for her classroom. Each pack contains 12 markers. If she has 29 students in her class and wants to give each student one marker, how many packs of markers should she buy?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>The population rounds to 6 000 000 (six million). This is because 6 439 800 is nearer to 6 million than 7 million.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>6 987 rounded to the nearest 1 000 is 7 000. If each ticket costs £6, the approximate total amount of money collected is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>£6 × 7 000 = £42 000</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>412 to the nearest hundred is 400. 395 to the nearest hundred is also 400. So the total approximate number of students passing GCSE Maths is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>400 + 400 = 800 students</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>£595 to the nearest hundred is £600. So the approximate cost of one armchair is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>£600 ÷ 4 = £150</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>18 rounded to the nearest 10 is 20. So the approximate total number of pencils is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>20 × 50 = 1 000 pencils</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph><b>Note</b>: 50 × 20 = 50 × 2 × 10 = 100 × 10 = 1 000.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>She needs 29 markers for her students. As she can only buy in multiples of 12, she would need to round 29 to the nearest multiple of 12 without going under. </Paragraph><Paragraph>    • 2 × 12 = 24 markers (this is not enough)</Paragraph><Paragraph>    • 3 × 12 = 36 markers.</Paragraph><Paragraph>Therefore, she must buy 3 packs of markers for her class. She will have 7 left over.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--<Paragraph>By completing this topic you have learned how to estimate answers to calculations.</Paragraph>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>So far you have worked with negative numbers, whole numbers, estimation, multiples and square numbers. All of the practised skills will help you with everyday tasks such as shopping, working with a budget and reading temperatures.  The objectives that you have covered are:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>the meaning of a positive and negative number</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>how to carry out calculations with whole numbers</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>how an approximate answer can help to check an exact answer</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>multiples and square numbers.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>Later in this course you will be looking at inverse calculations. This means reversing all operations to check that your answer is correct.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1232">
            <Title>3 Fractions</Title>
            <Figure xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="d6ba04c7" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 10 Looking at fractions</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A pie chart with four quarters. The top quarter reads ‘Fractions, decimals and percentages’. The other quarters read ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’, ‘0.25’ and ‘25%’; ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’ is highlighted.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>What is a fraction?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">A fraction is defined as a part of a whole. So for example <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>3</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, or ‘one third’, is one part of three parts, all of equal size.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1a_third.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1a_third.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="77210000" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1a_third.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="74"/>
                <Caption>Figure 11 Presenting a fraction: one third</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one third.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Fractions are an important feature of everyday life. They could ensure that you get the best deal when shopping – or that you receive the largest slice of pizza! As you go through this section, you’ll see how fractions could be used when you are shopping or within the workplace.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Fractions are related to decimals and percentages, which you’ll look at in the sections that follow this one.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This section will help you to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>order and compare fractions</ListItem>
                <ListItem>identify equivalencies between fractions </ListItem>
                <ListItem>calculate parts of whole quantities and measurements (e.g. calculate discounts in sales).</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Please look at the following example before you carry out the activity:</Paragraph>
            <!--<Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\placeholder_342px.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/placeholder_342px.png" width="100%"/>
                <Caption><EditorComment>Video: An introduction to fractions</EditorComment></Caption>
            </Figure>-->
            <!--<Paragraph>A <b>fraction </b>is a part of a whole. Fractions are easier to understand if you see them. Take a cake, for example. If you cut it into two pieces of equal size, each piece is one half of the whole cake.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_11.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_11.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Take each of the two halves. Cut each half into two pieces of equal size. Each piece is now one quarter of the whole cake.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_12.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_12.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Now take each quarter and cut into two pieces of equal size. You should now have 8 pieces in total. Each piece is one eighth of the whole cake.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_ml1_01_img_13.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_ml1_01_img_13.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>-->
            <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">A <b>half</b> can be written as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>2</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, i.e. one of two equal parts.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1b_half.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1b_half.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="f2122d3c" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1b_half.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="70"/>
                <Caption>Figure 12 Presenting a fraction: one half</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one half.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">A <b>quarter</b> can be written as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>4</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, i.e. one of four equal parts.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1c_quarter.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1c_quarter.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="445f7f1e" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1c_quarter.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="64"/>
                <Caption>Figure 13 Presenting a fraction: one quarter</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one quarter.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">An <b>eighth</b> can be written as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>1</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>8</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, i.e. one of eight equal parts.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1d_eighth.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1d_eighth.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="338d77b3" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1d_eighth.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="64"/>
                <Caption>Figure 14 Presenting a fraction: one eighth</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating one eighth.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Box xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> The top of the fraction is called the numerator. The bottom of the fraction is called the denominator. <!--When the numerator of a fraction is 1, the larger the denominator, the smaller the fraction.-->Any fraction with a 1 on the top is called a ‘unit fraction’, so <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>12</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, for example, are all unit fractions.
</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">A fraction may not have a 1 on the top. For example, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                            <mrow>
                                <mfrac>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>2</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mn>3</mn>
                                    </mrow>
                                </mfrac>
                            </mrow>
                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> means ‘two out of three parts’, or ‘two thirds’.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1e_two-thirds.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1e_two-thirds.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="d9d5bb7a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess3_fig1e_two-thirds.png" x_imagewidth="295" x_imageheight="73"/>
                <Caption>Figure 15 Presenting a fraction: two thirds</Caption>
                <Description>A variety of ways of illustrating two thirds.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Example: Where there’s a will, there’s a fraction</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Lord Walton draws up a will to decide who will inherit the family estate. He proposes to leave <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of the estate to his son, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> to his daughter and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>6</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> to his brother.</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem>Who gets the biggest share?</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Who gets the smallest share?</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>When numerators of fractions are all 1, the larger the denominator of the fraction, the smaller the fraction.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Looking at the example above, the fractions can be put in order of size starting from the smallest:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So:</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem>The biggest share (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) goes to his son.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>The smallest share (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) goes to his brother.</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>If you’re asked to arrange a group of fractions into size order, it’s sometimes helpful to change the denominators to the same number. This can be done by looking for the lowest common multiple – that is, the number that all of the denominators are multiples of. </Paragraph>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>find equivalencies in fractions </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>order and compare fractions </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>find the fraction of an amount.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>The skills listed above can be used when you are shopping and trying to get the best deal, or when you are splitting a cake or a pizza, say, into equal parts. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>It’s important to be able to compare fractions, decimals and percentages in real-life situations. You’ll be looking at percentages later, but first you can look at decimals. </Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1457">
                <Title>3.1 Using equivalent fractions</Title>
                <Paragraph>Equivalent fractions are fractions that are the same as each other, but are expressed in different ways. <a href="http://www.bbc.co.uk/skillswise/factsheet/ma17frac-l1-f-equivalent-fractions">The BBC Skillswise website has an explanation of equivalent fractions.</a></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>To make an equivalent fraction, you multiply or divide the numerator (top) and denominator (bottom) by the same number. The size of the fraction is not altered. For example:</Paragraph>
                <Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Paragraph>In the fraction <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, the numerator is 4 and the denominator is 6.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 × 2 = 8</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>6 × 2 = 12</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>8</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>12</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Paragraph>In the fraction <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>15</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, the numerator is 10 and the denominator is 15.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>10 ÷ 5 = 2</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>15 ÷ 5 = 3</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>15</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Looking at equivalent fractions</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Arrange the following fractions in order of size, starting with the smallest:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to look at the bottom number in each fraction (the denominator) and find the lowest common multiple. In this case, the bottom numbers are 6, 3 and 12, so the lowest common multiple is 12: </Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>6 × 2 = 12</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>3 × 4 = 12</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>12 × 1 = 12</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Whatever you do to the bottom of the fraction you must also do to the top of the fraction, so that it holds the equivalent value. The third fraction, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>12</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, already has 12 as its denominator, so we don’t need to make any further calculations for this fraction. But what about <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>?</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>2 × <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> means calculating (2 × 3 = 6) and (2 × 6 = 12), so the equivalent fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>4 × <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> means calculating (4 × 1 = 4) and (4 × 3 = 12), so the equivalent fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Now you can now see the size order of the fractions clearly:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So the answer is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>12</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the examples above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Box>
                                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Think back to the cake at the start of this section. </Paragraph>
                            </Box>-->
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 19: Fractions in order of size</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, with the smallest first:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                            </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>Remember that when the numerator of a fraction is 1, the larger the denominator, the smaller the fraction.</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>From smallest to largest, the order is:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                            </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>What should you replace the question marks with to make these fractions equivalent?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>?</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, with the smallest first:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>You need to change to equivalent fractions to compare like-for-like. To do this, you need to look at the bottom numbers of the fractions (3, 5 and 10) and find the lowest common multiple. The lowest common multiple of 3, 5 and 10 is 30:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph>3 × 10 = 30</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>5 × 6 = 30</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>10 × 3 = 30</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                                <Paragraph>Whatever you do to the bottom of each fraction, you must also do to the top:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph>With <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to multiply the top and bottom numbers by 10 to make <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>With <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to multiply the top and bottom number by 6 to equal <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>18</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph>With <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to multiply the top and bottom number by 3 to equal<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                                <Paragraph>The order of the fractions from smallest to largest is therefore:</Paragraph>
                                <Extract>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>18</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                                    <Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                                </Extract>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm2112">
                <Title>3.2 Drawing fractions</Title>
                <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Drawing the fractions</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>If you need to compare one fraction with another, it can be useful to draw the fractional parts.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Look at the mixed numbers below. (A mixed number combines a whole number and a fraction.) Say you wanted to put these amounts in order of size, with the smallest first:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 3 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>To answer this you could look at the whole numbers first and then the fractional parts. If you were to draw these, they could look like this: </Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_3b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="58f533c1" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="238"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 16 Drawing the fractions</Caption>
                        <Description><Paragraph>An illustration that shows how to visualise 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 3 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph></Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>So the correct order would be: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 3 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 20: Putting fractions in order</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, smallest first:</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>5 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 6 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>Put these fractions in order of size, smallest first:</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The correct order would be: </ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 5 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 6 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>In this case, even though <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is bigger than <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is bigger than <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to look at the whole numbers first and then the fractions. The diagram illustrates this more clearly: </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_3c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="a108923f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="239"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 17 Drawing the fractions</Caption>
                            <Description><Paragraph>An illustration that shows how to visualise 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 5 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> and 6 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph></Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>The correct order would be: </ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>
                    </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Looking at the whole numbers, 1 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" display="inline" scriptlevel="0" displaystyle="false">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> would be the smallest because the other two mixed numbers are both greater than 2. To see which is bigger out of 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> or 2 <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to compare the fraction part. Which is bigger: <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> or <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To work this out, you could draw images as above, or you could use the method we looked at earlier where you change to equivalent fractions – the bottom numbers of the fractions are 5 and 2, and the lowest common multiple of 5 and 2 is 10:</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>5 × 2 = 10</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>2 × 5 = 10</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Whatever you do to the bottom, do to the top:</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>If you mulitiply the top and bottom numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 2, you make <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>If you mulitiply the top and bottom numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 5, you make <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) is smaller than <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>), so 2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is smaller than 2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm2554">
                <Title>3.3 Simplifying fractions</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to simplify a fraction. The following terms may also be used for this:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>cancelling </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>express in the lowest terms</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>express in the simplest form.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">For example, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>8</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>12</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is equivalent to (the same as) <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, which is the simplest way of writing this fraction.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Simplifying fractions</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>To simplify a fraction, you need to divide the top and bottom numbers by the same value. You keep dividing down until you cannot get the fraction any smaller. Each time you divide, you must divide the top and bottom numbers by the same value.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>In order to simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to find out what number will divide into 5 and 20. The only number that will divide into both 5 and 20 is 5:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>5 ÷ 5 = 1</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>20 ÷ 5 = 4</SubListItem>
<!--<SubListItem>Divide both numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>5</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>20</mn> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 5 to get <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>4</mn> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation></SubListItem>--></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>There are different ways to simplify <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> to the lowest form. For example, you can divide both numbers in <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> by 2:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>20 ÷ 2 = 10</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>30 ÷ 2 = 15</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>However, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>15</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> not the simplest form of the fraction. You can simplify the fraction further by dividing the top and bottom numbers by 5:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>10 ÷ 5 = 2</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>15 ÷ 5 = 3</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is the simplest form of <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </Paragraph>
<Paragraph>However, you may have recognised that 10 will go into both 20 and 30, so you may have divided by 10 straightaway:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>20 ÷ 10 = 2</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>30 ÷ 10 = 3</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>The answer is the same, but dividing by 10 would have got you to the answer more quickly. </Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 21: Simplifying fractions</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Simplify the following fractions:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided by 5)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided by 5)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>6</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided 2)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided 2)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> (the top and bottom numbers are divided 3)</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm2850">
                <Title>3.4 Fractions of amounts</Title>
                <Paragraph>Have a look at the following examples, which demonstrate how you would find the fraction of an amount.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/shop_sale.png" x_folderhash="3368e4a5" x_contenthash="3260f751" x_imagesrc="shop_sale.png" x_imagewidth="361" x_imageheight="273"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 18 a shop sale.</Caption>
                    <Alternative>A shop window, showing "1/3 off everything".</Alternative>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"> Say you go into a shop to buy a dress. Usually it would cost £90, but today it’s in the ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> off’ sale. How much would you get off? </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><b>Method</b></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The basic rule for finding a unit fraction of an amount is to divide by how many parts there are (the number on the bottom of the fraction) and multiply the result by the number at the top of the fraction.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"> To work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> off £90 is the same as: </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>£90 ÷ 3 = £30</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The sum £30 × 1 = £30, so you would get £30 off.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><b><i>Survey</i></b></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">In a survey, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>  of respondents said that they would like to keep the pound as the currency of the UK. If 800 people were surveyed, how many people wanted to keep the pound?</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><b>Method</b></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Again, to find a fraction of an amount you need to divide by the number at the bottom of the fraction and then multiply that result by the number at the top of the fraction: </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">To answer this you need to first work out what <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 800 people is.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 800 = 800 ÷ 4 = 200</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Then use the numerator (the top of the fraction) to work out how many of those unit fractions are needed:</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of 800 = 3 × 200 = 600</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So 600 people wanted to keep the pound.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 22: Paying in instalments</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_3-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_3-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="9feb904a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_3-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 19 How much would an extension cost?</Caption>
                            <Description>An illustration of a house.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <Paragraph>A family plans to have its kitchen extended.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The cost of this project is £12 000.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The builder they have chosen to carry out this job has asked for the money to be paid in stages:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of the money to be paid before starting the project.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of the money to be paid a month later.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The remainder to be paid when the extension has been built.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>How much is the builder asking for during Stage 1 and Stage 2?</Paragraph>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>To work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000 you need to divide £12 000 by 5.</Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>12 000 ÷ 5 = 2 400
                        </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>Now multiply by the number on the top of the fraction: </Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>2 400 × 1 = £2 400</ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>So at Stage 1 the builder will need £2 400.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>To work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000 you need to first work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000. To do this you need to divide £12 000 by 3.</Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>12 000 ÷ 3 = 4 000
                        </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>You now need to work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12 000 so you multiply by the number on the top of the fraction:<!--So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>2</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>3</mn> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £12,000 is:--></Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>4 000 × 2 = 8 000
                        </ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>So at Stage 2 the builder will need £8 000.</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>find equivalencies in fractions </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>order and compare fractions </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>find the fraction of an amount.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>The skills listed above can be used when you are shopping and trying to get the best deal, or when you are splitting a cake or a pizza, say, into equal parts. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>It’s important to be able to compare fractions, decimals and percentages in real-life situations. You’ll be looking at percentages later, but first you can look at decimals. </Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm3039">
            <Title>4 Decimals</Title>
            <Figure xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="3485f92c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 20 Looking at decimals</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A pie chart with four quarters. The top quarter reads ‘Fractions, decimals and percentages’. The other quarters read ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’, ‘0.25’ and ‘25%’; ‘0.25’ is highlighted.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>MD: This isn’t really an activity so I don’t think needs to be a reveal. In fact I think it would be better to lead with an example of using one of these. AEC: I have put an example into one of the objectives. Do you think we could place this as an animation?</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>Can you think of any examples of when you might come across decimal numbers in everyday life? </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you’re dealing with money and the decimal point is not placed correctly, then the value will be completely different, for example, £5.55 could be mistaken for £55.50.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Likewise with weights and measures: if the builder in the last activity made a wrong measurement, the whole kitchen extension could be affected. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This section will help you to understand:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>the value of a digit in a decimal number</ListItem>
                <ListItem>ways of carrying out calculations with decimal numbers</ListItem>
                <ListItem>approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers. </ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>You looked at place value in the section on whole numbers. Now you’ll take a look at <!--how -->decimals<!-- fit into the table-->.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="0f3af636" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="265"/>
                <Caption>Figure 21 What is a decimal point?</Caption>
                <Description>An annotated illustration of the number 34.7. ‘3’ is labelled ‘tens’; ‘4’ is labelled ‘ones’; and ‘7’ is labelled ‘tenths’. The decimal point is also labelled.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>So what is a decimal point? </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>It separates a number into its whole number and its fractional part. So in the example above, 34 is the whole number, and the seven – or 0.7, as it would be written – is the fractional part. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Each digit in a number has a value that depends on its position in the number. This is its place value:</Paragraph>
            <Table xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <TableHead/>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th colspan="4">Whole number part</th>
                        <th>.</th>
                        <th colspan="3">Fractional part</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Thousands</th>
                        <th>Hundreds</th>
                        <th>Tens</th>
                        <th>Units</th>
                        <th>.</th>
                        <th>Tenths</th>
                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                        <th>Thousandths</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>1000s</td>
                        <td>100s</td>
                        <td>10s</td>
                        <td>1s</td>
                        <td>.</td>
                        <td><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>s</td>
                        <td><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>s</td>
                        <td><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1,000</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>s</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>Look at these examples, where the number after the decimal point is also shown as a fraction:</Paragraph>
            <Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Paragraph>5.1 = 5 and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>67.2 = 67 and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>8.01 = 8 and <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Example: Finding values</Heading>
                <Paragraph>If you were looking for the place value of each digit in the number 451.963, what would the answer be?</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Hundreds</th>
                            <th>Tens</th>
                            <th>Units</th>
                            <th>.</th>
                            <th>Tenths</th>
                            <th>Hundredths</th>
                            <th>Thousandths</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>5</td>
                            <td>1</td>
                            <td>.</td>
                            <td>9</td>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>3</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>So the answer is:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>4 hundreds</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>5 tens</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>1 unit</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>9 tenths (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>9</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>6 hundredths (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>6</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>3 thousandths (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1 000</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 23: Decimal dilemmas</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Four children are taken to the funfair. One of the rides, the Wacky Wheel, has the following notice on it:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>For safety reasons, children must be over 0.95 m tall to go on this ride.</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Margaret is 0.85 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>David is 0.99 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Suha is 0.89 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Prabha is 0.92 m tall.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Who is allowed to go on the ride?
</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Question>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Six athletes run a race. Their times, in seconds, are as follows:</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Sonia</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.95</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Anjali</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.59</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Anita</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.91</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Aarti</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.99</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Sita</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.58</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Susie</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">10.56</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Who gets the gold, silver and bronze medals?</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Question>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>In a gymnastics competition, the following points were awarded to four competitors. Who came first, second and third?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Janak</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.95</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Nadia</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.89</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Carol</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.98</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">Tracey</td>
                                        <td class="TableLeft">23.88</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Any child that is more than 0.95 m tall will be allowed on the ride. So to answer the question you need to compare the height of each child with 0.95 m.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th/>
                                        <th>Tenths</th>
                                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Margaret</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>David</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Suha</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Prabha</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Comparing the tenths tells us that only two children may possibly be allowed on the ride: David and Prabha.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>If we go on to compare the hundredths, we see that only David is taller than 0.95 m.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>So only David would be allowed on the Wacky Wheel.</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>You need to compare the tens, units, tenths and hundredths, in that order.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th/>
                                        <th>Tens</th>
                                        <th>Units</th>
                                        <th>.</th>
                                        <th>Tenths</th>
                                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Sonia</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Anjali</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Anita</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Aarti</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Sita</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Susie</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>0</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                        <td>6</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>All of the times have the same number of tens and units, so it is necessary to go on to compare the tenths.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>The three times with the lowest number of tenths are 10.59, (Anjali), 10.58 (Sita) and 10.56 (Susie). If we now go on to compare the hundredths in these three times, we see that the lowest times are (lowest first): 10.56, 10.58 and 10.59.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>So medals go to:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>Susie (10.56 secs): gold</SubListItem><SubListItem>Sita (10.58 secs): silver</SubListItem><SubListItem>Anjali (10.59 secs): bronze</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>Again, we need to compare the tens, units, tenths and hundredths, in that order.</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th/>
                                        <th>Tens</th>
                                        <th>Units</th>
                                        <th>.</th>
                                        <th>Tenths</th>
                                        <th>Hundredths</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Janak</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Nadia</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Carol</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>9</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Tracey</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>3</td>
                                        <td>.</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                        <td>8</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>All the scores have the same number of tens and units. Looking at the tenths, two scores (23.95 and 23.98) have 9 tenths. If you compare the hundredths in these two numbers, you can see that 23.98 is bigger than 23.95.</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>To find the third highest number, go back to the other two numbers, 23.89 and 23.88. Comparing the hundredths, you can see that 23.89 is the higher number. So the top three competitors are:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>Carol (23.98)</SubListItem><SubListItem>Janak (23.95)</SubListItem><SubListItem>Nadia (23.89)</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm3414">
                <Title>4.1 Approximations with decimals</Title>
                <Paragraph>Now you have looked at the place value system for decimals, can you use your rounding skills to estimate calculations using decimals? This skill would be needed in everyday life to approximate the cost of your shopping.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Approximations with decimals</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Give approximate answers to these. Round each decimal number to the nearest whole number before you calculate.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>2.7 + 9.1</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9.6 cm – 2.3 cm</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>2.8 g × 2.6 g</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9.6 ml × 9.5 ml</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>2.7 lies between 2 and 3, and is nearer to 3 than 2.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4_1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="71b6710e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/><Caption>Figure 22 A number line</Caption><Description>An illustration of a number line, with 2.7 highlighted.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>9.1 lies between 9 and 10, and is nearer to 9 than 10.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4_1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="fd722bea" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="101"/><Caption>Figure 23 A number line</Caption><Description>An illustration of a number line, with 9.1 highlighted.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>So our approximate answer is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 + 9 = 12</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Similarly, 9.6 cm lies between 9 cm and 10 cm and is nearer to 10 cm than 9 cm, and 2.3 cm is nearer to 2 cm than 3 cm. So our approximate answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 cm – 2 cm = 8 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>2.8 g is nearer to 3 g than 2 g, and 2.6 g is also nearer to 3 g than 2 g. So our approximate answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 g × 3 g = 9 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9.6 ml is nearer to 10 ml than 9 ml. 9.5 ml is exactly halfway between 9 ml and 10 ml. When this happens we always round up, meaning that 9.5 ml is rounded up to 10 ml. So our approximate answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 ml × 10 ml = 100 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Rounding to two decimal places</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You may be asked to round a number to two decimal places. All this means is if you are faced with lots of numbers after the decimal point, you will be asked to only leave two numbers after the decimal point. This is useful when a calculator gives us lots of decimal places. </Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Round 3.426 correct to two decimal places (we want two digits after the decimal point).</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Look at the third digit after the decimal point.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If it is 5 or more, round the previous digit up by 1. If it is less than 5, leave the previous digit unchanged.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The third digit after the decimal point in 3.426 is 6. This is more than 5, so you should round up the previous digit, 2, to 3.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the answer is 3.43.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>Round 2.8529 to two decimal places.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>As in part (a) above, the question is asking you to round to two digits after the decimal point.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Look again at the third digit after the decimal point.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>This is 2 (less than 5) so we leave the previous digit (5) unchanged.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The answer is 2.85.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList start="3">
                        <ListItem>Round 1.685 to two decimal places.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Here, the third digit after the decimal point is 5, which means the previous digit (8) needs to be rounded up.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The answer is 1.69.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> ‘Five or more, raise the score!’</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 24: Rounding</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Work out approximate answers to these by rounding each decimal number to the nearest whole number:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3.72 + 8.4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9.6 – 1.312</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.8 × 3.4</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9.51 ÷ 1.5</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Round the following numbers to two decimal places:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3.846</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.981</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3.475</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 3.72 is 4.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 8.4 is 8.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is:</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>4 + 8 = 12</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 9.6 is 10.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 1.312 is 1.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is: </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>10 – 1 = 9</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 2.8 is 3.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 3.4 is 3.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is: </Paragraph>
                        
                            <Paragraph>3 × 3 = 9</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 9.51 is 10.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The nearest whole number to 1.5 is 2.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So our approximate answer is: </Paragraph>
                        
                            <Paragraph>10 ÷ 2 = 5</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>To round to two decimal places, look at the third digit after the decimal point. This is more than 5, so round the previous digit (4) up to 5.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The answer is 3.85.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>In this case, the third digit after the decimal point is less than 5, so leave the previous digit unchanged.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The answer is 2.98.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>The third digit after the decimal point here is 5. Remember in this case we always round up.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The answer is 3.48.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--                <Paragraph>If you are still unsure about working with decimals, please look at the following resource:</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><EditorComment>{Insert link for a instructional clip} – link to follow</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm3524">
                <Title>4.2 Rounding money</Title>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Rounding money to the nearest 10p</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>We use rounding with money in real life when shopping on a budget or maybe checking a bill.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The rule is that if the amount ends in 5p or more, you round up to the next 10p above, and if the amount ends in less than 5p, the 10p digit remains unchanged. For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>43p ends in 3 (it’s less than 5) so it can be rounded down to 40p</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>78p ends in 8 (it’s more than 5) so it can be rounded up to 80p</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 25: Rounding to the nearest 10p</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Round the following amounts to the nearest 10p:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>13p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>26p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>35p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£4.72</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£8.63</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£14.85</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>10p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>30p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>40p</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£4.70</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£8.60</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£14.90</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Rounding money to the nearest £</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>When rounding to the nearest £, the rule is that if the amount ends in 50p or more, round up to the £ above, and if the amount ends in less than 50p, the pound column remains unchanged. For example:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>£3.42 ends in 42 (it’s less than 50) so it can be rounded down to £3</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>£56. 67 ends in 67 (it’s more than 50) so it can be rounded up to £57</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Activity 26: Rounding to the nearest £</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Round the following amounts to the nearest £:</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£6.30</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£9.70</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£0.50</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£13.12</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£26.17</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£52.50</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£6</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£10</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£1</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£13</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£26</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£53</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </InternalSection>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>By completing this topic you have learned how to approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You have also learned how to round a decimal number to two decimal places and round money to the nearest 10p or £.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm3581">
                <Title>4.3 Calculations using decimals</Title>
                <Paragraph>When you make any calculation with decimals – that is, addition, subtraction, multiplication and division – it is very important to make sure that the decimal point is in the correct place. If you don’t, you’ll get the wrong answer.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>
<b>Adding
and subtracting decimals</b></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>
When
we add or subtract decimals, it is important to line up the decimal
points.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>
Calculate
the following:</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>
	14.08
	+ 4.1</Paragraph><Paragraph>
	</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>
	34.45
	– 2.3</Paragraph><Paragraph>
</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <Paragraph>
<b>Method
</b>
</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/decimals_calc.png" x_folderhash="f423f993" x_contenthash="5aa75757" x_imagesrc="decimals_calc.png" x_imagewidth="360" x_imageheight="159"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 24 Calculating using decimals</Caption>
                    <Alternative>Calculating using decimals.</Alternative>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 27: Using decimals</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity using written methods. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>4.2 + 3.7</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>6.7 – 5.1</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>42.19 + 13.5</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>74.8 – 24.3</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£163.25 + £27.12</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>2.1 m – 0.75 m</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>7.9</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>1.6</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>55.69</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>50.5</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>£190.37</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>1.35 m</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <SubSection id="nonumber-idm3616">
                    <Title>Multiplication</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Multiplying decimals by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you multiply a decimal number by 10, all the numbers get 10 times bigger, so the decimal point moves one place to the right.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you multiply by 100, all the numbers get 100 times bigger, so the decimal point moves two places to the right.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you multiply by 1 000 all the numbers get 1 000 times bigger, so the decimal point moves three places to the right.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The following video shows you the correct method for multiplying decimal numbers by 10, 100 or 1 000:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:X1HgWTsccKI" type="embed" x_manifest="X1HgWTsccKI_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 28: Multiplying decimals by 10, 100, 1000</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>16.3 × 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>5.27 × 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>82.05 × 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>673.2 × 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>48.851 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>59.24 × 1 000</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>163</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>52.7</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>8 205</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>67 320</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>48 851</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>59 240</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Multiplying decimals</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When multiplying decimal numbers, you should ignore the decimal point and use your usual method to multiply the numbers you are given.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you have your answer, count up the total number of decimal places (or ‘dp’) in both of the numbers you have multiplied.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Starting from the right-hand column of your answer, count the same number of decimal places (dp) to the left and place your decimal point.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following video for an explanation of multiplying decimal numbers:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:YzdPPEqDpUI" type="embed" x_manifest="YzdPPEqDpUI_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 29: Multiplying decimals </Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Complete this activity using the multiplication method you are most comfortable with.
Show your answers to two decimal places (2 dp).</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>0.7 × 4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.3 × 0.4</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>18.7 × 3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>6.31 × 2.2</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1.9 × 0.59</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>2.35 × 1.78</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Teabags cost £1.29 a box. How much will five boxes cost?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>Alun earns £8.95 an hour. How much does he earn for 37.5 hours?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>2.8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.12</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>56.1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>13.882  (13.88 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>1.121 (1.12 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>4.183 (4.18 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£6.45</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£335.625 (£335.63 to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
                <SubSection id="nonumber-idm3675">
                    <Title>Division</Title>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Dividing decimals by 10, 100 and 1 000</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide a decimal number by 10, all the numbers get 10 times smaller, so the decimal point moves one place to the left.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide by 100, all the numbers get 100 times smaller, so the decimal point moves two places to the left.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide by 1 000, all the numbers get 1 000 times smaller, so the decimal point moves three places to the left.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Watch the following clip which will show you the correct method for dividing decimal numbers by 10, 100 or 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:WJldAeh27nw" type="embed" x_manifest="WJldAeh27nw_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 30: Dividing decimals by 10, 100, 1 000</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>57.08 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>6.09 ÷ 10</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>433.57 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>51.2 ÷ 100</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>899.34 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>67.51 ÷ 1 000</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>5.708</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.609</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>4.3357</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.512</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.89934</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.06751</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Dividing a decimal number by a whole number</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide a decimal number by a whole number, you divide as normal and keep the decimal point in line.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The following video includes some examples:</Paragraph>
                        <MediaContent type="embed" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:6FHL3J3FYaE" x_manifest="6FHL3J3FYaE_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 31: Dividing a decimal by a whole number</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>8.46 ÷ 6</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>79.9 ÷ 5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>70.38 ÷ 9</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>423.06 ÷ 3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.845 ÷ 5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>301.14 ÷ 8</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>If an electricity bill costs £527.40 per year, how much does it cost per month?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A taxi bill costs £34.80. If this is shared by four friends, how much will each person pay?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>1.41</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>15.98</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>7.82</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>141.02</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>0.169</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>37.6425</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£43.95 per month</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>£8.70 each</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                    <InternalSection>
                        <Heading>Dividing a decimal number by another decimal number</Heading>
                        <Paragraph>When you divide a decimal number by another decimal number, you first have to change the number you are dividing by into a whole number. You do this by multiplying by either 10, 100 or 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <CaseStudy>
                            <Heading>Example: Dividing a decimal number by another decimal number</Heading>
                            <Paragraph>Calculate the following:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>4.2625 ÷ 0.05</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                            <Paragraph>The number you are dividing by is 0.05, so to make it a whole number you multiply by 100 (that is, move the decimal point two places to the right): </Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>0.05 × 100 = 5</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>You then multiply the number you are dividing into by the same amount, in this example 100. The number you are dividing into is 4.2625, so:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>4.2625 × 100 = 426.25</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Note how you do not have to change the number that you are dividing into a whole number.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The calculation you now have is:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>426.25 ÷ 5</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Using the short division method, the calculation would be:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_3.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="9769e975" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_3.png" x_imagewidth="185" x_imageheight="105"/>
                                <Description>Calculating 426.25 ÷ 5 using the short division method.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>This could also be done using the long division method if this is the method you prefer to use:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_2.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s1\outputs\bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="9e415b0d" x_contenthash="33315000" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess4_fig2_2.png" x_imagewidth="185" x_imageheight="322"/>
                                <Description>Calculating 426.25 ÷ 5 using the long division method.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>However you do the division, just make sure the decimal point goes in line in the answer with where it is in the number you are dividing.</Paragraph>
                        </CaseStudy>
                        <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Activity>
                            <Heading>Activity 32: Dividing a decimal by a decimal</Heading>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>Calculate the following, showing your answers to 2 dp when not exact:</Paragraph>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>1.5 ÷ 0.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>10.8 ÷ 0.03</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>13.25 ÷ 0.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>2.5 ÷ 0.04</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>56.9 ÷ 3.1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>5.75 ÷ 1.1</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>If a tea urn holds 12.5 litres, how many 0.2 litre cups of tea will it provide?</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>A garden path is 9.5 metres long and paving slabs are 0.25 metres long each. How many paving slabs will it take to cover the length of the path?</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>3</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>360</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>26.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>62.5</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>18.35 (to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>5.23 (to 2 dp)</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>62.5 cups</ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>38 slabs</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Activity>
                    </InternalSection>
                </SubSection>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm3785">
                <Title>4.4 Decimal problems</Title>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 33: Using decimals</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/decimal_problems.png" x_folderhash="d864f72c" x_contenthash="2054e632" x_imagesrc="decimal_problems.png" x_imagewidth="362" x_imageheight="288"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 25 Using decimals</Caption>
                            <Alternative>An illustration showing items and their prices in pounds: A bottle of milk for 1.95, a box of corn flakes for 2.65, a receipt for 4 meals for 56.60.</Alternative>
                            <Description>An illustration showing items and their prices in pounds: A bottle of milk for 1.95, a box of corn flakes for 2.65, a receipt for 4 meals for 56.60.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <Paragraph>Solve these problems involving decimal numbers without using a calculator.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You buy a box of corn flakes for £2.65 and a bottle of milk for £1.98.
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What is the total cost of these items?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>You pay for them with a £5 note. How much change should you get?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You go on holiday to Italy. The rate of exchange is £1 = €1.4. How many euros do you get for £8?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You go out for a meal with three friends, and the total cost of the meal is £56.60. You decide to split the bill equally. How much does each of you pay?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Convert 6.25 m to cm. (Remember that 100 cm = 1 m.)</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Add the cost of the two items: </Paragraph>
<Paragraph/>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="e65e5249" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_2b.png" x_imagewidth="134" x_imageheight="75"/><Alternative>The sum £2.65 + £1.98 = £4.93.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>(Keep the decimal points in line.) </Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The total cost of the items is £4.63.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Take away the total cost from £5:</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4_2c.png" src_uri="file://\\dog.open.ac.uk\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_4-2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="84b192a8" x_contenthash="1d564685" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_2c.png" x_imagewidth="133" x_imageheight="77"/><Alternative>The sum £5.00 – £4.63 = £0.37.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>You should get 37p change from £5. You may have used a different method to work this out. </Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>Multiply the exchange rate in euros (€1.4) by the amount in pounds (£8):</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4_2d.png" src_uri="file://\\dog.open.ac.uk\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_4-2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="84b192a8" x_contenthash="da3940ef" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4_2d.png" x_imagewidth="134" x_imageheight="74"/><Alternative>The sum 1.4 × 8 = 11.2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So £8 = €11.20. You may have used a different method to work this out. </Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>Divide the total cost (£56.60) by the number of people (4):</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_4-2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_4-2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="93a9e1e9" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_4-2e.png" x_imagewidth="135" x_imageheight="55"/><Alternative>The sum 56.60 ÷ 4 = 14.15.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>You would each pay £14.15.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>To convert 6.25 m into cm, you need to multiply the amount by 100.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>6.25 × 100 = 625</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So the answer is 625 cm.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>the value of a digit depends on its position in a decimal number</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>to approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>to add, subtract, multiply and divide using decimal numbers.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>This will help when working with money and measurements.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>the value of a digit depends on its position in a decimal number</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>to approximate answers to calculations involving decimal numbers</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>to add, subtract, multiply and divide using decimal numbers.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>This will help when working with money and measurements.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm3854">
            <Title>5 Percentages</Title>
            <Figure xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_5a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="f032cc8d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 26 Looking at percentages</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A pie chart with four quarters. The top quarter reads ‘Fractions, decimals and percentages’. The other quarters read ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’, ‘0.25’ and ‘25%’; ‘25%’ is highlighted.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Like fractions and decimals, you’ll see plenty of references to percentages in your everyday life. For example:</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_5b-alt.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5b-alt.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="8be682c3" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5b-alt.png" x_imagewidth="472" x_imageheight="519"/>
                <Caption>Figure 27 Examples of percentages</Caption>
                <Description>A montage of four illustrations: (<i>top left</i>) a T-shirt with a price tag reading ‘Sale: 10% off’; (<i>top right</i>) a clothes label reading ‘30% cotton, 70% polyester’; (<i>bottom left</i>) a bank advert labelled ‘Mortgage rate only 3% – our lowest in 20 years!’; (<i>bottom right</i>) a newspaper with the headline ‘Public sector employees awarded 10% increase!’. </Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>This section will help you to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>order and compare percentages</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out percentages in different ways</ListItem>
                <ListItem>understand how percentages increase and decrease</ListItem>
                <ListItem>recognise common equivalencies between percentages, fractions and decimals.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>So what is a percentage? </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <ListItem>It’s a number out of 100.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>40% means ‘40 out of every 100’.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>The symbol for percentage is %.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>100% means 100 out of 100. You could also say this as the fraction <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>You may have seen examples of percentages on clothes labels. ‘100% wool’ means that the garment is made entirely of wool and nothing else. ‘50% wool’ means that the garment is half made of wool, half made of other materials. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The following example shows how to work out a percentage of an amount.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Example: How can you calculate percentage reductions?</Heading>
                <Paragraph>An online shop offers a 10% discount on a television that usually costs £400. How much discount do you get?</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>A percentage is a number out of 100, so 10% means ‘10 out of 100’. This could also be put as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, or 10 hundredths.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>There are different ways that percentages can be worked out. The method that you choose really depends on the numbers that you are working with.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Here are two methods for solving this problem:</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method 1</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>We start with finding 1%.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Paragraph>If we first work out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400, we can then work out of <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>10</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400. To find <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400: </Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>To find 1% of an amount, divide by 100 (which you practised earlier in this session):</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>400 ÷ 100 = 4</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <!--<Paragraph>So 10/100 of £400 is:</Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>Once we know 1% of an amount, we can find any percentage by multiplying by the percentage we want to find. So to find 10%, we multiply the 1% figure by 10:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>4 × 10 = 40</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>The discount is £40.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you think of 10% as a large fraction, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you use the rule of dividing by the denominator (the bottom number in a fraction) and multiplying by the numerator (the top number). </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>There is an alternative method for finding the answer. </Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method 2</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>A percentage is a number out of 100, so 10% is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>100</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, which is the same as saying <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If we want to find out 10% of £400, that’s the same as finding out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>400 ÷ 10 = 40</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>This gives us the answer £40.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you can work out 10% of an amount, you can find lots of other percentages. Say, for example, you wanted to find 30% of  £60.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>First you find 10%, by dividing by 10 (method 2):</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>60 ÷ 10 = 6</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>30% is three lots of 10%, so once you know 10%, you multiply the amount by 3:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>6 × 3 = 18</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So 30% of  £60 is  £18.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Heading>Tips</Heading>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>To find 20%, find 10% first and then multiply by 2.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To find 5%, find 10% first and then halve the answer (divide by 2).</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Which method do you prefer?</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Method 1 will work for any percentage and is a good method to use to find percentages using a calculator.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Method 2 can be used to work out percentages in your head if the numbers are suitable.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>There are some other quick ways of working out certain percentages:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>50% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you can halve the amount (divide the amount by 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>25% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you can divide the amount by 4 (or you can halve and halve again)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>75% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>3</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>4</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you can divide the amount by 4 and then multiply by 3 (or you can find 50% and 25% of the amount, and then add the two figures together).</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <!--<Paragraph>If you want to know what 20% of a number is, work out 10% and multiply the answer by 2.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Similarly, if you want to know what 30% is, work out 10% and multiply the answer by 3.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you need to know 5%, work out 10% and then halve the answer.</Paragraph>-->
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Use whichever method you prefer to help you with the following activities. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Activity 34: Finding percentages of amounts</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>You need to pay a 20% deposit on a holiday that costs £800. How much is the deposit?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <SubHeading>Method 1</SubHeading>
                            <Paragraph>In order to identify how much the deposit is, you need to find out what 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £800 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £800:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>800 ÷ 100 = 8</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>So 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £800 is:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>8 × 20 = 160</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The deposit is £160.</Paragraph>
                            <SubHeading>Method 2</SubHeading>
                            <Paragraph>In order to calculate 10%, or <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you need to divide the number by 10:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>800 ÷ 10 = 80</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>You now have 10% and you need 20%. Therefore you need to multiply your 10% by 2:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>80 × 2 = 160</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>The deposit is £160.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>Work out the following using any preferred method without a calculator:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>50% of  £170</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>30% of  £250</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>25% of  £120</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>75% of  £56</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>80% of  £95</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>5% of   £620</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>There are different ways you could have worked out the answers to these calculations. One method is suggested in brackets in each case, but you may have used a different method.</Paragraph>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem>£85 (170 ÷ 2 = 85)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£75 (Finding 10% is 250 ÷ 10 = 25, so 30% = 3 × 25 = 75)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£30 (120 ÷ 4 = 30)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£42  (75% is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>; 56 ÷ 4 = 14, and then 14 × 3 = 42)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£76 (Finding 10% is 95 ÷ 10 = 9.50, so 80% = 8 × 9.50 = 76)</ListItem>
                                <ListItem>£31 (Finding 10% is 620 ÷ 10 = 62, so 5% = 62 ÷ 2 = 31)</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to calculate percentage increases and decreases. This will be useful when working out the value of a pay increase or how much an item will cost in a sale.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            <Section id="nonumber-idm4123">
                <Title>5.1 Percentage increases and decreases</Title>
                <Paragraph>You’ll often see percentage increases and decreases in sales and pay rises.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_5-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5-1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="85d69ef2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5-1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="270"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 28 Increasing and decreasing percentages</Caption>
                    <Description>A montage of two illustrations: (<i>left</i>) a price tag reading ‘Sale: everything reduced by 20%’; (<i>right</i>) a newspaper with the headline ‘Nurses demand 30% increase in London weighting allowance’. </Description>
                </Figure>
                <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Anjali’s pay rise</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Anjali earns £18 000 per year. She is given a 10% pay rise. How much does she now earn?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify Anjali’s new salary, you need to find out what 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £18 000 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £18 000:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>18 000 ÷ 100 = 180</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>10</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £18 000 is:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>10 × 180 = 1 800</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Alternatively, you could find 10% by dividing £18 000 by 10:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>18 000 ÷ 10 = 1 800</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Anjali’s pay rise is £1 800, so her new salary is:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>£18 000 + £1 800 = £19 800</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: A sale at the furniture shop</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A furniture shop reduces all of its prices by 20%. How much does a £300 double bed cost in the sale?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify the new price of the double bed, you need to find out what 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>20</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £300 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £300:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>300 ÷ 100 = 3</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So 20% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>20</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>100</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £300 is: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>20 × 3 = 60</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The discount is £60, so the sale price of the double bed is: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>£300 – £60 = £240</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Alternatively, you could find 20% of £300 by dividing by 10 (to find 10%) and then multiplying by 2:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>300 ÷ 10 = 30</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>30 × 2 = 60</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the examples above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 35: Calculating percentage increases and decreases</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You buy a car for £9 000. Its value depreciates (decreases) by 25% annually. How much will the car be worth at the end of the first year?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Since the start of the 21st century, the shares in the InstaBank have risen by 30%. If the price of one share was £10 in 2000, what is it worth now?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The same diamond ring is being sold at different prices, and with different percentage discounts, in two different shops. Which shop offers the better deal?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="71f75662" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 29 Comparing percentage discounts</Caption><Description>An illustration of two diamond rings. The ring from Shop A has a price tag of £500, with 25% off; the ring from Shop B has a price tage of £400, with 10% off.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>In order to identify how much the value of the car will decrease by, you need to find out what 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £9 000 is. You can work this out in several different ways. <!--To do this, first you need to find out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £9,000:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>9,000 ÷ 100 = 90</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>-->
Find 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>)  first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>9 000 ÷ 100 = 90</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Then find 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) by multiplying by 25:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>25 × 90 = 2 250</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Alternatively, you could have found 25% of £9 000 by dividing 9 000 by 4 (25% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>):
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>9 000 ÷ 4 = 2 250</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <!--<ListItem>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>25</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £9,000 is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>25 × 90 = 2,250</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>-->
                            <ListItem>The car’s value depreciates by £2 250 in the first year, so the value of the car at the end of the first year will be:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£9 000 – £2 250 = £6 750</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>It might be easier in this example to convert £10 into pence (£10 = 1 000p). In order to identify the new value of the share, you need to find out what 30% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of 1 000p is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of 1 000p:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 000 ÷ 100 = 10</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>So 30% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>30</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of 1 000p is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 × 10 = 300</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So the price of one share has increased by 300p (£3.00), so the one share is now worth:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£10 + £3 = £13</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Alternatively, you could have found 10% by dividing by 10:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 000 ÷ 10 = 100</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You would then multiply by 3 to find 30%:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 × 100 = 300</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <!--<ListItem>The share’s value has increased by 300p, or £3, since 2000, so the current value of the share is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£10 + £3 = £13</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>-->
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>
In order to identify Shop A’s discount, you need to find out what 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>25</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500 is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 × 25 = 125 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The discount is £125, so you would have to pay:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£500 – £125 = £375 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may have worked out 25% of £500 differently. Because 25% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, you may have divided by 4:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 4 = 125 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Alternatively, you could have halved and halved again: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 2 = 250</SubListItem><SubListItem>250 ÷ 2 = 125</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
In order to identify Shop B’s discount, you need to find out what 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400 is. To do this, first you need to find out 1% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>400 ÷ 100 = 4 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400 is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 × 10 = 40 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The discount is £40, so you would have to pay:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>£400 – £40 = £360 </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may have found 10% of £400 by dividing by 10:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>400 ÷ 10 = 40</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList> 
Whichever method you used, Shop B offers the best deal.
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <!--<Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 15: Comparing discounts</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>The same diamond ring is being sold at different prices, and with different percentage discounts, in two different shops.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5c.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 22 Comparing percentage discounts</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of two diamond rings. The ring from Shop A has a price tag of £500, with 25% off; the ring from Shop B has a price tage of £400, with 10% off.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Which shop offers the better deal?</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Please check your answers before you move on.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify Shop A’s discount, you need to find out what 25% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>25</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £500 is. To do this, first you need to find out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £500:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>25</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £500 is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>5 × 25 = 125
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The discount is £125, so you would have to pay:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>£500 – £125 = £375
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>In order to identify Shop B’s discount, you need to find out what 10% (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>10</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of £400 is. To do this, first you need to find out <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>1</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>400 ÷ 100 = 4
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML"><mrow> <mfrac> <mrow> <mn>10</mn> </mrow> <mrow> <mn>100</mn> <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/> </mrow> </mfrac> </mrow></math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £400 is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>4 × 10 = 40
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The discount is £40, so you would have to pay:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList><ListItem>£400 – £40 = £360
                    </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>So Shop B offers the best deal.</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to calculate percentage increases and decreases. This will be useful when working out the value of a pay increase or how much an item will cost in a sale. You have also seen that there are different ways of working out percentages. You need to use the method that works for you.You may use different methods for working out different percentages.  </Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to calculate percentage increases and decreases. This will be useful when working out the value of a pay increase or how much an item will cost in a sale. You have also seen, and successfully used, two methods of calculating a percentage. There is one method that you haven’t been shown (and it’s probably the easiest!): using the percentage button on your calculator. The percentage button looks like this:</Paragraph>-->
                <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>Percentage button image</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm4428">
                <Title>5.2 Finding percentages using a calculator</Title>
                <Paragraph>There are different ways to work out percentages on a calculator. You can work out any percentage on a calculator by dividing by 100 first (to find 1%) and then multiplying the amount by the percentage you need.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you were asked to work out 20% of 80, you could do the following:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>80 ÷ 100 = 0.8</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0.8 × 20 = 16
</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>However, most calculators (including those on a mobile phone) will often have a percentage button. The percentage button looks like this:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_5-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_5-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="9aa15a72" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_5-1b.png" x_imagewidth="300" x_imageheight="260"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 30 The percentage button on a calculator</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a calculator, with the percentage button (%) highlighted.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>To successfully use it when calculating percentages you would enter the sum into your calculator as follows.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If you were asked to find 20% of 80, on your calculator you would input:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>80 × 20%</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>This would give you the following answer:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>80 × 20% = 16</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>If you were asked to find 20% of 80, on your calculator you would input:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>20% × 80</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>This would give you the following answer:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>20% × 80 = 16</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Different calculators may work in different ways so you need to familiarise yourself with how to use the % button on your calculator.
</Paragraph>
                <!--<Paragraph>This is by far the easiest way of calculating percentages when you have a calculator handy. </Paragraph>-->
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to solve problems using percentages, and how to calculate percentage increases and decreases.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm4457">
            <Title>6 Equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages</Title>
            <Paragraph>Fractions, decimals and percentages are different ways of saying the same thing. It’s an important skill to learn about the relationships (or ‘equivalencies’) between fractions, decimals and percentages to make sure you are getting the better deal.</Paragraph>
            <Figure xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_6.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_6.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="7fdafbca" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_6.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="571"/>
                <Caption>Figure 31 Looking at equivalencies</Caption>
                <Description><Paragraph>A montage of three illustrations: (<i>top left</i>) a poster reading ‘50% of the population will be obese by 2050’; (<i>top right</i>) a price tag reading ‘Closing down sale: everything <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> price; (<i>bottom</i>) a newspaper with the headline ‘£2.5 million damages awarded for invasion of privacy’.</Paragraph></Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Here are some common equivalencies. Try to memorise them – you will come across them a lot in everyday situations:</Paragraph>
            <Extract xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Paragraph>10% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>10</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.1</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>20% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>5</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.2</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>25% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.25</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>50% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.5</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>75% = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>3</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.75</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>100% = 1 = 1.0</Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <Paragraph>Look at the following example. If you can identify equivalences, they’ll make it easier to make simple calculations. </Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Example: Mine’s a half</Heading>
                <Paragraph>What is 50% of £200?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Since 50% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>2</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>50% of £200 = <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                                <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of £200 = £100</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Refer to the common equivalencies above (if you need to) to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Activity 36: Looking for equivalencies</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>What is 0.75 as a fraction?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>If you walked 0.25 km each day, what fraction of a kilometer have you walked? </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>House prices have increased by <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> in the last five years. What is this increase as a percentage?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A DIY shop is holding a ‘50% off’ sale on kitchens. What is this discount as a fraction?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>You buy an antique necklace for £3 000. After ten years, its value increases by 20%. What is this increase as a decimal?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A headline reads ‘Number of Ulster Scots speakers predicted to drop by 10%’. What is this decrease as a fraction?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>What percentage of an hour is 15 minutes?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>0.75 as a fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>0.25 is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so you will have walked <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> of a kilometre.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is the same as 50%, so the increase is 50%.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>50% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so the discount as a fraction is <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>20% is the same as 0.2, so the increase as a decimal is 0.2.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>10% is the same as <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, so according to the headline, the number is predicted to drop by <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Think of this as a fraction first: 15 minutes is a quarter (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation>) of an hour. <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> is the same as 25%, so 15 minutes is 25% of an hour. 
</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>If you find that you are struggling to understand how to convert, please look at the following resource:</Paragraph>
            <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/15_ani_decimals.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="15_ani_decimals_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="a6eb9a22" x_subtitles="15_ani_decimals.srt">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>In this video, you’re going to look at equivalent fractions, decimals and percentages. First, let’s look at turning fractions into decimals. You have the fraction one quarter. To turn this into a decimal, you need to divide the top of the fraction by the bottom. 1 divided by 4 equals 0.25. Therefore, 0.25 is the equivalent decimal. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Let’s have a look at another fraction, three fifths. (Remember, divide the top of the fraction by the bottom.) 3 divided by 5 equals 0.6. So 0.6 is the equivalent decimal. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now let’s try one last fraction see if you can calculate it before the answer is revealed! Two fifths: divide the top by the bottom. 2 divided by 5 equals 0.4. So the decimal is 0.4. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now let’s use the decimals that we’ve calculated to find the percentage equivalent. A percentage is out of 100. Remember, ‘cent’ means 100. So to turn a decimal into a percentage, you need to multiply the decimal by 100. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>For example, 0.25 times 100 equals 25. This is 25%. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0.6 times 100 equals 60, 60%. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>0.4 times 100 equals 40. This is 40%. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Now, looking at the table, you can see how fractions, decimals and percentages relate to each other. You just need to remember the basic rules of turning a fraction into a decimal: you divide the top by the bottom, then, once you have the decimal, you can convert to per cent by multiplying by 100, remembering that ‘cent’ means 100. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Thank you for watching. Now you have a go. </Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/15_ani_decimals.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/15_ani_decimals.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="9574014c" x_imagesrc="15_ani_decimals.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
            <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>{Insert clip for instruction on conversions as a second option for a recap}. <a href="https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Iq-6CjlEUW4">An example from corbett maths</a> {here is an example from corbett maths, could we create a more animated version of this?}</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Knowing the common equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages is important when trying to compare discounts when shopping or choosing a tariff when paying your bills.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>Knowing the common equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages is important when trying to compare discounts when shopping or choosing a tariff when paying your bills.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            <!--<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned about common equivalencies between fractions, decimals and percentages.</Paragraph>
</InternalSection>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="added1725883211_828">
            <Title><Number>6.1</Number> Changing a fraction to a decimal on a calculator</Title>
            <Paragraph>
A
calculator can be used to develop our number skills.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>It is important that you check your calculations are sensible by using estimation.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Always remember to clear the display before you start a new calculation.<br/>
</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Here
are some examples to show how to change a fraction to a decimal using
a calculator.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/calculator_fractions_to_decimals.png" x_folderhash="b007cf91" x_contenthash="d74e44d6" x_imagesrc="calculator_fractions_to_decimals.png" x_imagewidth="363" x_imageheight="203"/>
                <Caption>Figure 32 converting fractions to percentages using calculators</Caption>
                <Alternative>A table illustrating how to use calculators to convert fractions to percentages.</Alternative>
                <Description>If our fraction is 1/2, we press 1, division sign, 2, equals sign, to get 0.5.
If our fractions is 1/5, we press 1, division sign, 5, equals sign, to get 0.2.
If our fraction is 3/4, we press 3, division sign, 4, equals sign, to get 0.75.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Heading>Activity</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Using your calculator, convert the following fractions to decimals.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>7</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.25</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.6</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>8</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.375</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>7</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>10</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.7</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>9</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>20</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.45</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>5</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>100</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </mfrac>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </math></MathML></InlineEquation> = 0.05</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm4712">
            <Title>7 Ratios</Title>
            <Paragraph>Along with proportion (which you’ll look at in the next section), you use ratio in everyday activities such as gardening, cooking, cleaning and DIY.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_7.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_7.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="f692d127" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_7.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 33 Talking ratios</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of two people talking. Person A: ‘For example, if you need to make ratatouille for four people and you have a recipe to make it for six people, what do you do?’ Person B: ‘That’s easy – you make it for six people and have the leftovers yourself!’ Person A: ‘So what if you have a recipe for four people and need to make a meal for six people?’ Person B: ‘Apologise to two of them and buy them fish and chips?’</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Ratio is where one number is a multiple of the other. To find out more about ratios, read the following example.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: How to use ratios</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Suppose you need to make up one litre (1 000 ml) of bleach solution. The label says that to create a solution you need to add one part bleach to four parts water. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This is a ratio of 1 to 4, or 1:4. This means that the total solution will be made up of: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>One part + four parts = five parts</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>If we need 1 000 ml of solution, this means that one part is: </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>1 000 ml ÷ 5 = 200 ml</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>The solution needs to be made up as follows:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Bleach: one part × 200 ml = 200 ml</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Water: four parts × 200 ml = 800 ml</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So to make one litre (1 000 ml) of solution, you will need to add 200 ml of bleach to 800 ml of water.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>You can check your answer by adding the two amounts together. They should equal the total amount needed:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>200 ml + 800 ml = 1 000 ml</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 37: Using ratios</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>There are 17 students in a class: ten are male and seven are female. Write the ratio of male to female students.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The ratio of sand to cement required to make concrete is 3:1.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you have 40kg of cement, how much sand should you have?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Read the label from a bottle of wallpaper stripper:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>Dilute: add 1 part wallpaper stripper to 7 parts water.</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much wallpaper stripper and water is needed to make 16 litres of solution?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make a solution of hair colourant you need to add one part of hair colourant to four parts of water. How much hair colourant and water is needed to make 400 ml of solution?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>10:7</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A ratio of 3:1 means three parts of sand to one part of cement, making four parts in total. If the cement (one part) is 40kg, then the sand (three parts) will be:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 × 40 kg = 120 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<!--<Paragraph>So 60 m<sup>3</sup> of concrete requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>Sand: three parts × 15 m<sup>3</sup> = 45 m<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Cement: one part × 15 m<sup>3</sup> = 15 m<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>45 m<sup>3</sup> + 15 m<sup>3</sup> = 60 m<sup>3</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>--></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
                    <Paragraph>A ratio of 1:7 means one part of wallpaper stripper to seven parts of water, making eight parts in total.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We need 16 litres of solution. If eight parts are worth 16 litres, this means that one part is worth: </Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>16 litres ÷ 8 = 2 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 16 litres of solution requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>                        <Paragraph>Wallpaper stripper: one part × 2 litres = 2 litres</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Water: seven parts × 2 litres = 14 litres</Paragraph>
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 litres + 14 litres = 16 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The ratio of 1:4 means one part hair colourant to four parts water, making five parts in total.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>We need 400 ml of solution. If five parts are worth 400 ml, this means that one part is worth: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>400 ml ÷ 5 = 80 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 400 ml of solution requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Hair colourant: one part × 80 ml = 80 ml</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Water: four parts × 80 ml = 320 ml</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 ml + 320 ml = 400 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this topic you have learned how to use ratio to solve problems in everyday life. This could be when you are mixing concrete, hair colourant or screen wash. Can you think of any more examples where you might need to use ratio?</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>You have now learned how to use ratio to solve problems in everyday life. This could be when you are mixing concrete, hair colourant or screen wash. Can you think of any more examples where you might need to use ratio?</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm4787">
            <Title>8 Proportion</Title>
            <Paragraph>Proportion is used to scale quantities up or down by the same ratio. This is shown in the following example – what happens if you want to adapt a favourite recipe to serve more people?</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Using proportion for more portions …</Heading>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s1_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s1/bltl_m1_s1_8.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="103e4c8b" x_contenthash="cd569763" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s1_8.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 34 A cake</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a cake.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Here is a recipe for making a sponge cake for four people:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>4 oz self-raising flour</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 oz caster sugar</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 oz butter</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>2 eggs</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed to make a cake for eight people?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To make a cake for eight people you need twice the amount of each ingredient:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>8 oz self-raising flour (4 × 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>8 oz caster sugar (4 × 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>8 oz butter (4 × 2)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>4 eggs (2 × 2)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Use the example above to help you with the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 38: Scaling up recipes</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>This recipe makes ten large cookies:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>220 g self-raising flour</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>150 g butter</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>100 g caster sugar</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 eggs</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed to make 20 cookies?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>This recipe makes four servings of strawberry milkshake:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>800 ml milk</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>200 g strawberries</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 scoops of ice cream</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed for two people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>This recipe makes dessert for two people:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>300 ml milk</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>60 g powder</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed to serve six people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>To make 20 cookies you need twice as much of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>440 g flour (220 × 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>300 g butter (150 × 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>200 g sugar (100 × 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 eggs (2 × 2)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make milkshakes for two people you need half as much of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>400 ml milk (800 ÷ 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>100 g strawberries (200 ÷ 2)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 scoops of ice cream (4 ÷ 2)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make dessert for six people you need three times the amount of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>900 ml milk (300 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 g powder (60 × 3)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>Once you have checked your answers and have got them all correct, please have a go at the next activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 39: Looking at ratio and proportion</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> Calculators not allowed.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A label on a bottle of curtain whitener says that you should add one part concentrated curtain whitener to nine parts water. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>How much curtain whitener and water is needed to make up a 2 000 ml solution?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Here is a recipe for a low-fat risotto for two people:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>200 g mushrooms</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>175 g rice</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 ml water</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 ml evaporated milk</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Salt and pepper</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>How much of each ingredient is needed if you want to cook enough risotto for six people?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A ratio of 1:9 means one part curtain whitener to nine parts water, making ten parts in total.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>You need 2 000 ml of solution. If ten parts are worth 2 000 ml, this means that one part is worth: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 000 ml ÷ 10 = 200 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 2 000 ml of solution requires:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Curtain whitener: one part × 200 ml = 200 ml</Paragraph>
                                <Paragraph>Water: nine parts × 200 ml = 1 800 ml</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You can confirm that these figures are correct by adding them and checking that they match the amount needed:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>200 ml + 1 800 ml = 2 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>To make enough risotto for six people you need three times as much of each ingredient:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>600 g of mushrooms (200 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>525 g of rice (175 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>540 ml of water (180 × 3)</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>540 ml of evaporated milk (180 × 3)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use proportion to solve simple problems in everyday life, for example when adapting recipes.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>Summary</Title>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use proportion to solve simple problems in everyday life, for example when adapting recipes.</Paragraph>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm4893">
            <Title>9 Word formulas<!-- and function machines--></Title>
            <Paragraph>You see formulas in everyday life, but sometimes it can be tricky to spot one that’s written in words. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>So what’s a formula? It’s a rule that helps you to work out an amount, you will see this when cooking, working out how much you are going to get paid or your household bills. </Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>A process that involves more than one formula needs a function machine, which we’ll look at a little later.</Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>You use formulas a lot throughout a normal day, as the examples below show.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A formula to calculate earnings</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Daniel is paid £6.50 per hour. How much does he earn in ten hours?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You’re told that ‘Daniel is paid £6.50 per hour’. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This is a formula. You can use it to work out how much Daniel earns in a given number of hours. The calculation you need to do is:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Daniel’s pay = £6.50 × number of hours </Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You’ve been asked how much Daniel earns in ten hours, so put ‘10’ into the calculation in place of ‘number of hours’:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>£6.50 × 10 = £65.00</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You can use the same formula to work out how much Daniel earns for any number of hours.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>You will need to be able to use formulas that have more than one step. The next example looks at a two-step formula. </Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A cooking formula</Heading>
                <Paragraph>What are the two steps in word formulas? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/16_ani_formulas_in_words.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="16_ani_formulas_in_words_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="7b59de74" x_subtitles="16_ani_formulas_in_words.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>A chicken takes 20 minutes per kilogram to cook, plus an extra 30 minutes. So how long does a 1.5-kilogram chicken take to cook? The formula here is 20 minutes per kilogram, plus 30 minutes. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So to work out how long a 1.5-kilogram chicken takes to cook, you’ll need a formula with two steps. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Step 1: 20 minutes times number of kilograms. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Step 2: add 30 minutes. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So if you write this out as a formula: 20 times number of kilograms plus 30 equals cooking time. You don’t need to worry about why there are brackets in this formula. That’s how we know that we need to do this sum first before we add the 30 minutes. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Then you just need to put the numbers in the right place. In this case, you would replace number of kilograms with 1.5. 20 times 1.5 plus 30 equals 60 minutes. Your chicken will take one hour to cook. </Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/16_ani_formulas_in_words.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/16_ani_formulas_in_words.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="c00c4335" x_imagesrc="16_ani_formulas_in_words.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                    </Figure>
                </MediaContent>
                <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>From Matt Driver: Is this film by Magic Beans? If so I’d bring this up into the section as key teaching rather than an optional extra. There is too little AV so far</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
                <!--                    <Paragraph>A chicken takes 20 minutes per kilogram to cook, plus an extra 30 minutes. How long does a 1.5 kg chicken take to cook? </Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The formula here is ‘20 minutes per kilogram, plus 30 minutes’. So to work out how long a 1.5 kg chicken takes to cook, you’ll need a formula with two steps:</Paragraph>
<Extract><Paragraph>Step 1: 20 minutes × number of kilograms</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Step 2: Add 30 minutes</Paragraph></Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So if you write this out as a formula:</Paragraph>
<Extract><Paragraph>(20 × number of kilograms) + 30 = cooking time</Paragraph></Extract>
                    <Paragraph><EditorComment>Note to author: Brackets are covered in BIDMAS in Level 2. Should we have a note to say why we’ve added brackets? Even if it’s something like: ‘You don’t need to worry about why there are brackets in this formula – that’s how we know that we need to do this sum first, before we add the 30 minutes.’</EditorComment></Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Then you just need to put the numbers in the right place. In this case, you would replace ‘number of kilograms’ with 1.5: </Paragraph>
<Extract><Paragraph> (20 × 1.5) + 30 = 60 minutes</Paragraph></Extract>-->
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now test your learning with the following word problems.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 40: Using formulas</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList>
                                <ListItem>Harvey earns £7.75 per hour. How much will Harvey earn in 8 hours?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>To answer this you need to multiply the amount Harvey earns in an hour (£7.75) by the number of hours (eight):</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£7.75 × 8 = £62.00
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="2">
                                <ListItem>A joint of pork takes 40 minutes per kilogram to cook, plus an extra 30 minutes to ensure the outside is crisp.
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>How long will it take for a 2 kg joint of pork to cook? </SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long will it take for a 1.5 kg joint of pork to cook?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList> </ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                                <ListItem><Paragraph>You need to use a two-step formula to answer each of these questions. To work out how long a 2 kg joint of pork takes to cook, you’ll need a formula with two steps:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem><Paragraph>Step 1: 40 minutes × number of kilograms</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Step 2: Add 30 minutes</Paragraph>
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>Written as a formula, this is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(40 × number of kilograms) + 30 = cooking time</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So a 2 kg joint would take: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(40 × 2) + 30 = 110 minutes, or 1 hour and 50 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                                <ListItem>Using the same formula, a 1.5 kg joint would take:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(40 × 1.5) + 30 = 90 minutes, or 1 hour and 30 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <NumberedList start="3">
                                <ListItem>A mobile phone contract costs £15 a month for the first four months, then £20 a month after that. How much will the phone cost for one year?</ListItem>
                            </NumberedList>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The information in the question gives you two formulas. To answer the question you need to find the answers to both formulas and add the results together.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The contract costs £15 a month for the first four months. So the formula for this part of the contract is: </Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£15 × 4 = £60
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>After the first four months the contract is £20 a month. The question asks you the total cost of the phone contract for one year, so you need to calculate how much you would pay for another eight months:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£20 × 8 = £160
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>So the total cost of the contract for one year is: </Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>£60 + £160 = £220
                                </ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>9.2 Function machines</Title>
<Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2a.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 28 A function machine</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a function machine. The rules for the machine are to multiply by 3 and add 6.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Function machines can help when you are working with any formula that has more than one step. The difference between formulas and function machines is that you must follow a function machine in the correct order from left to right, or top to bottom, as shown in the example below. In the Level 2 course on maths you will see that when you use formulas, the BIDMAS rule must be followed.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Marathon training</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Dominic wants to run a marathon in under four hours. He finds the following method to work out his expected marathon time:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 29 A function machine flow chart</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Best time for a practice run in minutes’; ‘Multiply by 2’; ‘Add 30’; ‘Expected marathon time in minutes’.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Dominic’s best time for a practice run is 98 minutes. If he runs a marathon at the same pace, will he complete it in less than four hours?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Dominic’s best practice run is 98 minutes, so you need to put 98 as the first number in the function machine:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>98 × 2 + 30 = expected marathon time </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>98 × 2 + 30 = 226 minutes</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So to answer the question: yes, if Dominic runs a full marathon at the same pace he runs during practice, he would finish the marathon in under four hours.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now you have read the example, please have a go at the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 22: Using function machines</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList>
<ListItem>The battle of the bands will take place in the youth club hall.
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2c.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 30 A youth club</Caption><Description>An illustration of a youth club hall measuring 10m by 20m.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Shazad uses the following rule to find out the number of people allowed in any hall:</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2d.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 31 A function machine flow chart</Caption><Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Area of hall in square metres’; ‘Multiply by 2’; ‘Subtract 10’.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>What is the number of people allowed in the youth club hall?</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>If you were to write the function machine as a formula, it would look like this:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(Area of hall in square metres × 2) – 10 = number of people allowed in the youth club hall
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>The area of the hall in square metres is:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>10 × 20 = 200 m² 
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So we would replace ‘Area of hall in square metres’ in the formula with 200:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(200 × 2) – 10 = 390 
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So the maximum number of people allowed in the youth club hall is 390 people. </Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList start="2">
<ListItem>
<Paragraph>Simon meets a trainer at the leisure centre to set fitness goals. The trainer uses the following rule to calculate Simon’s BMI:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>Simon’s weight in kg ÷ 3 = Simon’s BMI</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>One of Simon’s fitness goals is to have a BMI between 19 and 25.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>He currently weighs 72 kg. Is he meeting his fitness goal?</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>Simon’s weight is 72 kg so the calculation is:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>72 ÷ 3 = 24
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>Simon’s BMI is 24, so he has met his fitness goal.</Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList start="3">
<ListItem>Lena makes candles in containers. She knows a rule to work out how much wax she needs (measured in grams) to use for each container (measured in ml):
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2e.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 32 A function machine flow chart</Caption><Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Amount container holds (ml)’; ‘Divide by 2’; ‘Multiply by 9’; ‘Wax needed (g)’.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Lena has a container that holds 200 ml. How many grams of wax should Lena use in this container?</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
</NumberedList>
</Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>If you were to write the function machine as a formula, it would look like this:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>(Amount container holds in ml ÷ 10) × 9 = wax needed in g
                                </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>The container is 200 ml, so we would replace ‘Amount container holds in ml’ in the formula with 200:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>(200 ÷ 10) × 9 = 180 
                                </ListItem>
                                </UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So the maximum amount of wax needed for each container is 180 g.</Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
<NumberedList start="4">
<ListItem>
Kofi sells souvenir photographs to visitors at the karting centre. The cost price of each photo is £2.
<Paragraph>Kofi uses this rule to work out the selling price of each photo that will cover his costs and make a profit:</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s1\bltl_m1_s1_9-2f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/Assets/01%20ES%20Temporary/bltl_m1_s1_9-2f.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 33 A function machine flow chart</Caption><Description>An illustration of a function machine flow chart. The rules are: ‘Cost price’; ‘× 375’; ‘÷ 100’; ‘Selling price’.</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Kofi thinks that the photos should be sold for £8. Is this correct?</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Paragraph>If you were to write the function machine as a formula, it would look like this:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(Cost price × 375) ÷ 100 = selling price
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>The cost price is £2, so we would replace ‘Cost price’ in the formula with 2:</Paragraph>
                                <UnNumberedList><ListItem>(2 × 375) ÷ 100 = 7.5 
                                </ListItem></UnNumberedList>
                                <Paragraph>So the selling price should be £7.50, not £8. </Paragraph>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>You have now completed the section on working with word formulas and function machines. If you did not get the questions correct, please return to them and identify where you went wrong.</Paragraph>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned about working with word formulas and function machines.</Paragraph>
</InternalSection>
            </Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm4975">
            <Title>10 A quick reminder: checking your work</Title>
            <Paragraph>Next you can take a quiz to review what you have learned in this session. For this and later quizzes in the course you should check your answers. A check is an alternative method or reverse calculation – you may have heard this being called an inverse calculation. If the check results in a correct answer, it means that your original sum is correct too. For example, you may have made the following calculation:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>20 – 8 = 12</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>12 + 8 = 20</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>Alternatively, if you wanted to check the following calculation:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>80 × 2 = 160</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>A way of checking this would be:</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>160 ÷ 2 = 80 </ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>If you have carried out several calculations to get to your final answer, you only need to reverse one as a check.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm5108">
            <Title>10.1 Interpreting rounding errors and estimating answers</Title>
            <Paragraph>You can use the rounding of numbers to estimate the answer to a calculation.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Here are some examples where we can use estimate the answer much quicker than calculating.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>We round each number to the nearest 10, 100, 1000 depending on the place value of the first digit.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><b>Pippa sold 684 motorbike racing programmes at £10.49 each.</b></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Using rounding and estimation, the calculation would be:</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>700 × £10 = £7000</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The exact calculation would be: 684 × £10.49 = £7175.16.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><b>Samuel sold 204 limited edition programmes at £14.65.</b></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Using rounding and estimation, the calculation would be:</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>200 × £15 = £3000</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The actual calculation would be: 205 × £14.65 = £3003.25</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>By using rounding and estimation, you can judge whether your answers are sensible.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 41: Rounding and estimating answers</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Liam sold 432 concert tickets at £25.75 each.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Using rounding and estimation, calculate how much he earned and then, by using a calculator, calculate the exact earnings.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>Using rounding and estimation, the calculation would be:</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>400 × £26=£10,400</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The exact calculation would be:</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>432 × £25.75=£11,124</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Rounding errors on a calculator</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Sometimes the results on a calculator may have recurring digits which will need to be rounded before further use. For example:</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>3.99999999: rounded to the whole number, i.e. 4</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>6.99999999: rounded to the whole number, i.e. 7</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>0.11111111: rounded to 1 decimal place, i.e. 0.1</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm4990">
            <Title>11 Session 1 quiz</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now it’s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/mod/oucontent/olink.php?id=147661&amp;targetdoc=Session+1+practice+quiz">Session 1 quiz</a>.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding ctrl [or cmd on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>Please ensure that you write down all of your working out. You receive marks for this.</Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>Although the quizzes in this course do not require you to show your working to gain marks, real exams would do so. We therefore encourage you to practise this by using a paper and pen to clearly work out the answers to the questions. This will also help you to make sure you get the right answer.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm4997">
            <Title>12 Session 1 summary</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have now completed Session 1, ‘Working with numbers’. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course and retry the activities.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You should now be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand and use whole numbers, and understand negative numbers in practical contexts </Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>add, subtract, multiply and divide whole numbers using a range of strategies </Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>find fractions of whole numbers</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>find common percentages of whole numbers and calculate percentage increases and decreases</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>add, subtract, multiply and divide decimals up to two decimal places</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand and use equivalences between common fractions, decimals and percentages </Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use a calculator to convert a fraction into a decimal</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solve simple problems involving ratio, where one number is a multiple of the other</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use simple formulas expressed in words for one- or two-step operations</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use estimation to check answers obtained with a calculator.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>All of the skills above will help you with tasks in everyday life. Whether you are at home or at work, number skills are an essential skill to have.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 2.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
    </Unit>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID><!--leave blank--></UnitID>
        <UnitTitle>Session 2: Units of measure</UnitTitle>
        <Session id="added1727431783_3916">
            <Title>Introduction</Title>
            <Paragraph>You come across problems requiring calculation every day. These problems could be related to money, time, length, weight, capacity and temperature. For example, if you were buying a new washing machine, you would measure the space where you want to put it under your worktop and make sure you chose a washing machine short enough to fit the space.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In this session of the course you will find out about measuring and calculating length, distance, weight, capacity (volume), temperature and time. You will learn how to use different metric measurements, such as kilometres, metres and centimetres, grams and kilograms, and litres.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>measure and understand the sizes of objects</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>read a mileage chart to find the distance between places</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>find out how heavy things are and understand weights</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>measure and understand volumes and capacities</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>express time using the 24-hour clock</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>carry out calculations with time.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <MediaContent type="video" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_a49_units_1920x1080.mp4" width="1920" height="1080" x_manifest="bltl_a49_units_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3a683260" x_folderhash="3a683260" x_contenthash="a93e9143">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>Units of measure can come in many different types and sizes, which can be confusing.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph>If you’re planning a journey and trying to work out how long it’ll take or trying to fit a new piece of furniture into a room, or even trying to judge how much something might weigh, understanding units of measure can be vital.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph>Things like measuring your temperature, measuring length and distance are all vital to get right just like measuring weight.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph>And whatever you’re measuring, if you can get the measurements right first time, life will be a lot easier.</Paragraph>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_a49_units.png" x_folderhash="04ef8447" x_contenthash="623308be" x_imagesrc="bltl_a49_units.png" x_imagewidth="1920" x_imageheight="1080"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm75">
            <Title>1 Using metric measurements: length</Title>
            <!--<Paragraph>The diagram below shows you how to convert between metric units if you’re calculating any of the following:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>length, which is a measurement of how long something is</ListItem>
                <ListItem>mass, which is a measurement of how heavy something is</ListItem>
                <ListItem>volume, which is a measurement of how much space something takes up.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_ml1_02_img_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_ml1_02_img_1.png" width="100%"/>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Starting with the smallest, metric measures of length are in millimetres, centimetres and metres. These three measurements are all related:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>10 millimetres (or mm, for short) = 1 centimetre (cm)</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>100 cm = 1 metre (m).</Paragraph>
            </Extract>-->
            <Paragraph>We can use different units to measure the length, width or height of items. We are going to focus on metric units.</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead>Metric units of length</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Metric unit</th>
                        <th>Abbreviation</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>millimetre</td>
                        <td>mm</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>centimetre</td>
                        <td>cm</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>metre</td>
                        <td>m</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>kilometre</td>
                        <td>km</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>A millimetre is the smallest metric unit used by most people to measure the length of something. You would commonly use millimetres to measure items that are really small or need to be measured very
accurately; for example, the dimensions of a washing machine is usually measured in millimetres.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Centimetres and metres are also commonly used to measure items for everyday tasks.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Kilometres would be used to measure the distance between places. A runner may clock the distance that they have run in kilometres.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 1: Which unit?</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Which unit would you use to measure the following?</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A washing machine</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The distance between Belfast and Omagh</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A nail</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A kitchen</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A bus</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A park run</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Your waist</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A sofa</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>An envelope</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>A screw head</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>Suggested answers:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres or millimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Kilometres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres or millimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Metres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Metres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Kilometres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres or metres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Centimetres</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Millimetres</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>1.1 Changing units</Title>
                <Paragraph>Sometimes you will need to change between millimetres and centimetres, or centimetres and metres. For example, you might need to do this if you were fitting a kitchen or measuring a piece of furniture.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The diagram below shows you how to convert between metric units if you’re calculating any of the following:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>length, which is a measurement of how long something is</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>mass (sometimes referred to as weight), which is a measurement of how heavy something is</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>volume (sometimes referred to as capacity), which is a measurement of how much space something takes up.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_1-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1-1a.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 8 A conversion chart for length, mass and volume</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for length, mass and volume.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cm × 10 for mm; mm ÷ 10 for cm</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>m × 100 for cm; cm ÷ 100 for m</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>km × 1,000 for m; m ÷ 1,000 for km</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Mass</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>g × 1,000 for mg; mg ÷ 1,000 for g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>kg × 1,000 for g; g ÷ 1,000 for kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>t × 1,000 for kg; kg ÷ 1,000 for t</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Volume</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 1,000 for ml; ml ÷ 1,000 for l</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cl × 10 for ml; ml ÷ 10 for cl</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 100 for cl; cl ÷ 100 for l</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Starting with the smallest, metric measures of length are in millimetres, centimetres and metres. These three measurements are all related:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>10 millimetres (or mm, for short) = 1 centimetre (cm)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>100 cm = 1 metre (m).</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Please take a look at the example below on how to carry out simple metric conversions.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> 10 millimetres = 1 centimetre, 100 centimetres = 1 metre</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Making Christmas cards</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You are making Christmas cards for a craft stall. You want to add a bow, which takes 10 cm of ribbon, to each card. You plan to make 50 cards. How many metres of ribbon do you need?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>First you need to work out how many centimetres of ribbon you need:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>10 × 50 = 500 cm</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Notice that the question asks how many <i>metres</i> of ribbon you need, rather than centimetres. So you need to divide 500 cm by 100 to find out the answer in metres:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5 m</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Do you remember the metric conversion diagram at the start of this session?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 9 A conversion chart for length</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cm × 10 for mm; mm ÷ 10 for cm</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>m × 100 for cm; cm ÷ 100 for m</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>km × 1,000 for m; m ÷ 1,000 for km</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: Measuring lengths</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You are fitting kitchen cabinets. The gap for the last cabinet is 80 cm. The sizes of the cabinets are shown in millimetres. Which size should you look for?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Thirty children in a class each need 20 cm of string for a project. How many metres of string will they use all together?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You want to buy 30 cm of fabric. The fabric is sold by the metre. What should you ask for?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>You will have found it useful to refer to the metric conversion diagram for this activity. </Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to millimetres, you need to multiply the figure in centimetres by 10. The size is 80 cm, so the answer is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 × 10 = 800 mm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Thirty children each need 20 cm of string. To find the total in centimetres you would do the following:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 × 20 = 600 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>However, the question asked for how much string is needed in <i>metres</i>, not centimetres. To convert from centimetres to metres, you need to divide the figure in centimetres by 100. So if you need 600 cm, the answer is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>600 ÷ 100 = 6 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to metres, you need to divide the figure in centimetres by 100. The length of fabric you need size is 30 cm, so the answer is:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 ÷ 100 = 0.3 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>Now have a go at the following quickfire activity, using the conversion chart above if needed.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 3: Converting lengths</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <Paragraph>What are these lengths in another unit of measurement? Select the correct answers from the list of options below.</Paragraph>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>20 mm = ? cm</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>200 cm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>2 cm</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>0.2 cm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>450 mm = ? m</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>45 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>4.5 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>0.45 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem>0.5 cm = ? mm</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>5 mm</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>15 mm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>50 mm</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="4">
                                    <ListItem>400 cm = ? m</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Interaction>
                                <SingleChoice>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>0.4 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                    <Right>
                                        <Paragraph>4 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Right>
                                    <Wrong>
                                        <Paragraph>40 m</Paragraph>
                                    </Wrong>
                                </SingleChoice>
                            </Interaction>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have looked at measuring and calculating length. You have used different metric measurements, such as kilometres, metres and centimetres. You can now:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>measure and understand the sizes of objects</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>understand different units of measurement.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection>
                
                
            </Section>-->
            <Section id="nonumber-idm127">
                <Title>1.1 Instruments of measure</Title>
                <Paragraph>So what do you use to measure things? If you were to measure something small, such as a screw, you would probably use a ruler. To measure something bigger, like the length of a room or garden, you would probably use a tape measure. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>You could try estimating the size of something before measuring it, which would help you to decide what tool you need to measure it. If you wanted to measure the walls of a room before redecorating, you’d get a more accurate measurement using a tape measure rather than a 30-centimetre ruler! After you’ve made an estimate you can check how accurate it is by measuring the object.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>How long is a pen? Find a pen, make an estimate of how long you think it is and then measure it accurately using a ruler. </Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> To help you to estimate the size of an item, consider it in relation to
other items of known length:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>The eye of a needle is about 1 millimetre (mm) wide.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The width of the fingernail on your little finger is about 1 centimetre (cm).</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A small ruler is 15 centimetres long.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A large ruler is 30 centimetres long.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A door frame is approximately 2 metres (m) high.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>It would take approximately 20 minutes to walk 1 kilometre (km).</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </Box>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: How long?</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Match the following items to the approximate measurement:</Paragraph>
                    </Question>
                    <Interaction>
                        <Matching>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>175 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="e">
                                <Paragraph>The height of a man</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>15 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="b">
                                <Paragraph>The length of a pen</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>30 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="f">
                                <Paragraph>The length of an A4 piece of paper</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>4 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="a">
                                <Paragraph>The height of a double-decker bus</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>25 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="d">
                                <Paragraph>The length of a swimming pool</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>10 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="g">
                                <Paragraph>The length of an eyelash</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>20 km</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="c">
                                <Paragraph>The length of a half marathon</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                        </Matching>
                    </Interaction>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm176">
                <Title>1.2 Measuring accurately</Title>
                <Paragraph>To measure accurately, line up one end of the pen with the 0 mark on the ruler. If there is no 0 mark, use the end of the ruler. Hold the ruler straight against the pen. Which mark does the other end come to?<!--To measure accurately, line up one end of the pen with the first mark on the ruler and hold the ruler straight against the pen. Which mark does the other end come to?--></Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Be careful with the bit of ruler or tape measure that comes before the first mark! Make sure you line up whatever you’re measuring with the ‘zero’ mark.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d0d44389" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="172"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 1 Measuring a pen</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a pen held against a ruler. One end of the pen is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 15 cm on the scale.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>You can see from this diagram that the pen is 15 cm long.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 3: Building a shelf for DVDs</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>You want to build a shelf to hold some DVDs. You need to make sure that it’s big enough! How tall is a DVD case?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="b7194be9" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1b.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="337"/><Caption>Figure 2 Measuring a DVD case</Caption><Description>An illustration of a DVD case held against a ruler. One end of the case is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 19 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>You have run out of screws. Before you go to buy some more, you need to measure the last screw you have to make sure you buy some more in the same size. How long is this screw?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="eb416371" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1c.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="185"/><Caption>Figure 3 Measuring a screw</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 2.5 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="3">
                                    <ListItem>How far is it across the head of the screw?<Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Draw lines from the edge of the screw head down to the ruler to help you measure it.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="f5ccb34b" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1d.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="240"/><Caption>Figure 4 Measuring a screw head</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw head held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 mm on the scale; the other end is level with 5 mm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The DVD case is 19 cm tall.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1e.png" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="6ed1a85a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1e.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="337"/><Caption>Figure 5 Measuring a pen (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a DVD case held against a ruler. One end of the case is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 19 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>The end of the screw is halfway between 2 and 3 cm, so the screw is 2.5 cm (2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation> cm) long. Note here how the measurement is not a whole number. Often items have to be measured very precisely: when this is the case, it may not be appropriate to round off to the nearest centimetre, for instance.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1f.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d52c64df" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1f.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="185"/><Caption>Figure 6 Measuring a screw (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 cm on the scale; the other end is level with 2.5 cm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                    <ListItem>The screw head is 5 mm wide.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1g.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1g.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="63bc672c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1g.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="240"/><Caption>Figure 7 Measuring a screw head (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a screw head held against a ruler. One end of the screw is level with 0 mm on the scale; the other end is level with 5 mm on the scale.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm243">
                <Title>1.3 Measuring in millimetres and centimetres</Title>
                <Paragraph>When you’re measuring an item, you need to decide whether to measure it in millimetres, centimetres or metres. Often, your decision will be based on the size of the item, why you are measuring it and how accurate you need the measurement to be.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>When you measure an item, you can actually express the same measurement in different ways. To help you to do this, you need to know some metric measure facts:</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Heading>Facts</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>10 millimetres = 1 centimetre</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>100 centimetres = 1 metre</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>1 000 metres = 1 kilometre</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Starting with the smallest, metric units of length are millimetres (mm), centimetres (cm) and metres (m).</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Kilometres (km) are used to measure distance.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Writing measurements in millimetres and centimetres</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You can express a measurement in millimetres, centimetres or a combination of both. Look at the ruler below. What measurement is the arrow pointing to?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig1-small.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig1-small.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="7e63321d" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig1-small.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="217"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 8 Measuring a pen</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of an arrow pointing at a measurement, on the seventh line between 1 cm and 2 cm.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 5 A ruler</Caption>
                    <Description>A ruler.</Description>
                </Figure>-->
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The numbers displayed on the ruler represent centimetres. Each line in between each whole centimetre is a millimetre; ten millimetres is equal to one centimetre. So you can say that the
arrow is pointing to:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 cm 7 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>However, you could write it all in centimetres. The length is one whole centimetre plus seven additional millimetres, so you would write:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1.7 cm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Note how the decimal point separates the number of centimetres from the number of millimetres. Alternatively you could write this measurement in millimetres. One centimetre equals ten millimetres, so: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 cm 7 mm = 10 mm + 7 mm = 17 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Writing measurements in different ways</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Complete the gaps in the table to show the same measurement written
in three different ways. The first one has been done for you. Remember to
check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead>Measurements</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Centimetres and millimetres</th>
                                    <th>Centimetres</th>
                                    <th>Millimetres</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>1 cm 7 mm</td>
                                    <td>1.7 cm</td>
                                    <td>17 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>8 cm 9 mm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr1"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr2"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr3"/></td>
                                    <td>9.4 cm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr4"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr5"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr6"/></td>
                                    <td>63 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>12 cm 6 mm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr7"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr8"/></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr9"/></td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr10"/></td>
                                    <td>105 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr11"/></td>
                                    <td>20.1 cm</td>
                                    <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_4_fr12"/></td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead>Measurements</TableHead>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Centimetres and millimetres</th>
                                    <th>Centimetres</th>
                                    <th>Millimetres</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>1 cm 7 mm</td>
                                    <td>1.7 cm</td>
                                    <td>17 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>8 cm 9 mm</td>
                                    <td>8.9 cm</td>
                                    <td>89 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>9 cm 4 mm</td>
                                    <td>9.4 cm</td>
                                    <td>94 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>6 cm 3 mm</td>
                                    <td>6.3 cm</td>
                                    <td>63 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>12 cm 6 mm</td>
                                    <td>12.6 cm</td>
                                    <td>126 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>10 cm 5 mm</td>
                                    <td>10.5 cm</td>
                                    <td>105 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>20 cm 1 mm</td>
                                    <td>20.1 cm</td>
                                    <td>201 mm</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm359">
                <Title>1.4 Converting units</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may often need to convert between different units of length. For example, if you were fitting a kitchen or measuring a piece of furniture, you might need to convert between millimetres and centimetres, or centimetres and metres.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Figure 9 shows you how to convert between metric units of length.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="79768bdf" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_1-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="212"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 9 A conversion chart for length</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Length</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cm × 10 for mm; mm ÷ 10 for cm</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>m × 100 for cm; cm ÷ 100 for m</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>km × 1 000 for m; m ÷ 1 000 for km</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> To convert from a bigger unit to a smaller unit (such as cm to mm), you
multiply. To convert from a smaller unit to a bigger unit (such as mm to cm), you divide.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting units of length</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>What is 8.5 metres in centimetres?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>What is 475 centimetres in metres?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Converting between metric units involves multiplying or dividing by 10, 100 or 1 000, which you will have practised in Session 1. As you can see from Figure 9, you need to multiply by 100 to convert from metres (m) to centimetres (cm). So converting 8.5 m into centimetres would be:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>8.5 m × 100 = 850 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>As you can see from Figure 9, you need to divide by 100 to convert from centimetres (cm) to
metres (m). So converting 475 cm into metres would be:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>475 cm ÷ 100 = 4.75 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activities.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 5: Converting lengths</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Use Figure 9 above to help you with the following activity.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Please work these out without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 first to remind you how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply</a> and <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.8.1">divide</a> by 10, 100 and 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>20 mm = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>54 mm = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>0.5 cm = ? mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8.6 cm = ? mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>400 cm = ? m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>325cm = ? m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>12 m = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>6.8 m = ? cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>450 mm = ? m (<b>Hint:</b> You will need to look at the chart for how to convert from millimetres to centimetres and then centimetres to metres)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>2 m = ? mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8 km = ? m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>500 m = ? km</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>I am 1.6 m tall. How tall am I in centimetres?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You are fitting kitchen cabinets. The gap for the last cabinet is 80 cm. The sizes of the cabinets are shown in millimetres. Which size should you look for?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You want to buy 30 cm of fabric. The fabric is sold by the metre. What should you ask for?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>20 mm ÷ 10 = 2 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>54 mm ÷ 10 = 5.4 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>0.5 cm × 10 = 5 mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8.6 cm × 10 = 86 mm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>400 cm ÷ 100 = 4 m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>325 cm ÷ 100 = 3.25 m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>12 m × 100 = 1 200 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>6.8 m × 100 = 680 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>There are 10 mm in 1 cm, so divide by 10 first to convert 450 mm to 45 cm. There are 100 cm in 1 m, so divide 45 cm by 100 to get the answer, 0.45 m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem> There are 100 cm in 1 m, so multiply by 100 first to convert 2 m to 200 cm. There are 10 mm in 1 cm, so multiply 200 cm by 10 to get the answer, 2 000 mm.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8 km × 1 000 = 8 000 m</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>500m ÷ 1 000 = 0.5 km</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>There are 100 cm in 1 m, so to convert from metres to centimetres you need to multiply by 100:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.6 m × 100 = 160 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to millimetres, you need to multiply the figure in centimetres by 10. The size is 80 cm, so the answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 × 10 = 800 mm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To convert from centimetres to metres, you need to divide the figure in centimetres by 100. The length of fabric you need is 30 cm, so the answer is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>30 ÷ 100 = 0.3 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 6: Matching the same measurement</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Match the following measurements:</Paragraph>
                    </Question>
                    <Interaction>
                        <Matching>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>5 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="h">
                                <Paragraph>500 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>15 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="d">
                                <Paragraph>1.5 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>150 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="c">
                                <Paragraph>15 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>50 mm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="e">
                                <Paragraph>5 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>0.5 km</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="a">
                                <Paragraph>500 m</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>150 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="b">
                                <Paragraph>1.5 m</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>15 m</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="g">
                                <Paragraph>1 500 cm</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                            <Option>
                                <Paragraph>1.5 km</Paragraph>
                            </Option>
                            <Match x_letter="f">
                                <Paragraph>1 500 m</Paragraph>
                            </Match>
                        </Matching>
                    </Interaction>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm474">
                <Title>1.5 Calculate using metric units of length</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to carry out calculations with length. This may require you to convert between metric units, either before you carry out the calculation or at the end.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Bunting</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Fran is putting up bunting. She has three lengths of bunting, measuring 160 cm, 240 cm and 95 cm. How many metres of bunting does she have?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>All of the units are given in centimetres, so you can add them together:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>165 cm + 240 cm + 95 cm = 500 cm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The question asks for the answer in metres, so you need to convert 500 cm into metres:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>500 cm ÷ 100 = 5 m</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So Fran will have 5 m of bunting.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Length of shelves</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Dixie wants to put up a shelf in an alcove. The alcove is 146 cm wide. She has a plank of wood that is 2 m long. How much wood will she have left over?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The plank of wood is in metres, so you need to convert this into centimetres:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>2 m × 100 = 200 cm</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>200 cm – 146 cm = 54 cm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So Dixie will have 54 cm left over.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 7: Carrying out calculations with length</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You are making Christmas cards for a craft stall. You want to add a bow, which takes 10 cm of ribbon, to each card. You plan to make 50 cards. How many metres of ribbon do you need?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You want to make a garden planter that measures 1.5 m by 60 cm. How much wood will you need to buy? (<b>Hint:</b> you will need two planks of each length to make the planter.)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Sally is making a pair of curtains. Each curtain requires 1.8 m of fabric plus 20 cm each for hemming. How many metres of fabric will she need?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>John wants to put shelving in his garage to hold storage boxes. Each storage box is 45 cm wide and John wants to be able to put four boxes on each shelf. He has seen some shelves that are 2 m wide. Would they be suitable?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>You will have found it useful to refer to the metric conversion diagram for this activity.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>First you need to work out how many centimetres of ribbon you need:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 × 50 = 500 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Notice that the question asks how many metres of ribbon you need, rather than centimetres. So you need to divide 500 cm by 100 to find out the answer in metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>500 ÷ 100 = 5 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The measurements for the planters are in different units, so you need to convert everything into centimetres or metres first. The question does not specify whether your answer needs to be in centimetres or metres, so either will be OK.
<Paragraph>Using Method 1, converting to centimetres, note that the length of the planter is 1.5 m:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 × 100 = 150 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The short sides are already in centimetres, so you can now add up the total for all four sides:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>150 cm + 60 cm + 150 cm + 60 cm = 420 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Using Method 2, converting to metres, the length of the planter is already in metres. The short sides are 60 cm, which you need to convert to metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>60 ÷ 100 = 0.6 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You can now add up the total for the four sides:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 m + 0.6 m + 1.5 m + 0.6 m = 4.2 m
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The measurements for the curtains and the hem are given in different units. The question asks for the answer in metres, so you need to convert everything into metres first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>20 cm ÷ 100 = 0.2 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You can now add up the total amount of fabric needed for the curtains:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.8 m + 1.8 m + 0.2 m + 0.2 m = 4.0 m (4 m)
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The measurements for the storage boxes and shelves are given in different units, so you need to convert everything into centimetres or metres first. The question does not specify whether your answer needs to be in centimetres or metres, so either will be OK.
<Paragraph>Using Method 1, converting to centimetres, the shelves are 2 m wide. First you need to convert this to centimetres:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 m × 100 = 200 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The storage boxes are already in centimetres, so you can now work out the width of four of them.
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>45 cm × 4 = 180 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So the shelves would be suitable.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Using Method 2, converting to metres, the shelves are already in metres, but the boxes measure 45 cm.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>45 cm ÷ 100 = 0.45 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
I need four boxes:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>0.45 m × 4 = 1.80 m (1.8 m) </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The shelves would be suitable. Another way of doing this is to work out how wide four boxes would be in
centimetres and convert the answer to metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>45 cm × 4 = 180 cm</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>180 cm ÷ 100 = 1.80 m (1.8 m)</SubListItem>
</UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Throughout this section you have looked at measuring and calculating length. You have used different metric measurements, such as millimetres, centimetres, metres and kilometres. You can now:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>measure and understand the sizes of objects</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>understand different units of length</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>convert between different units of length</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>carry out calculations with length.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm554">
            <Title>2 Mileage charts</Title>
            <Paragraph>Can you think of a time when it is useful to be able to understand and work out distances between places? It’s useful to know how far apart places are if you’re planning a trip. If your job involves lots of travelling from place to place, you need to calculate how much mileage you do so that you can reclaim how much money you’ve spent on petrol.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>How far is it from your home to the nearest shopping centre?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Your answer is probably something like ‘three miles’ or ‘ten kilometres’. Distances between places are often measured in either miles or kilometres. Road signs in the UK and USA use miles, whereas in Canada and Europe, for example, the road signs are in kilometres. What’s the difference between the two?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Kilometres are a metric measure of distance.</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1 000 metres (m) = 1 kilometre (km)</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>Miles are an imperial measure of distance.</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1 mile = 1 760 yards</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>One mile is a bit less than two kilometres. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Because most maps and road signs in the UK use miles, in this section you’ll work with miles.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you have to plan a trip, it’s useful to look at a mileage chart. This shows you how far it is between places:</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/course_1_image_7.png" x_folderhash="33329fe4" x_contenthash="1b6c7485" x_imagesrc="course_1_image_7.png" x_imagewidth="1600" x_imageheight="1280"/>
                <Caption>Figure 10 A mileage chart.</Caption>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>To read the chart, find where you want to start from and where you want to go. Then follow the rows and columns until they meet.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><b>Example: Finding the distance</b></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>How far is it from Antrim to Newry?<b/></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><b>Method</b></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>To calculate this, you need to find where Antrim and Newry meet
on the chart. As you can see from Figure 10, it is 48 miles from Antrim to Newry.
</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/course_1_image_8.png" x_folderhash="3dc28e39" x_contenthash="4f9ae0c4" x_imagesrc="course_1_image_8.png" x_imagewidth="1600" x_imageheight="1280"/>
                <Caption>Figure 11 Distance from Antrim to Newry, on a mileage chart.</Caption>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. </Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 8: Reading a mileage chart</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Now use the mileage chart in Figure 10 to answer the following questions. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>What is the distance from Banbridge
to Omagh?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Coleraine FC’s next match in
the NIFL Premiership is against Newry City. How far will supporters have to
travel to watch the football match? (<b>Hint:</b> Don’t forget to calculate the distance for a return
journey.) </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Which two towns / cities are the closest?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The distance between Banbridge
and Omagh is 57 miles.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The
distance from Coleraine to Newry is 77 miles, so the Coleraine FC supporters
would have to travel 154 miles (77 × 2).</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate this, you must
check the table to see which value is the smallest. We can can see that 15
miles is the smallest. Going vertically from 15 we can see the town of
Banbridge, going horizontally from 15 to the right we can see the city Newry.
Therefore the two towns/cities that are closest are Banbridge and Newry. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A European journey</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Look at Figure 12. It has a different layout to the previous mileage chart.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Some European cities are listed down the left hand-side of the chart, and a series of ports are listed along the top.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="5d550602" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" x_imagewidth="781" x_imageheight="415" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1_s2_2c.small.png" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2c.small.png" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="283"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 12 A mileage chart for a European tour</Caption>
                    <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Use the mileage chart to find the distance between Florence and Calais.</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To answer this, you need to find the row for Florence and go along it until it meets the column for Calais.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="45ed04c2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" x_imagewidth="781" x_imageheight="415" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1_s2_2d.small.png" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2d.small.png" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="283"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 13 A mileage chart for a European tour (answer)</Caption>
                    <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland). The distance between Florence and Calais is highlighted (860 miles).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>The distance between Florence and Calais is 860 miles.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 9: A European journey</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Now answer the following questions using Figure 12.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Which port is closest to Florence?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it from Cologne to Dieppe?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you were staying in in Amsterdam, which would be your closest port?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The closest to Florence is Zeebrugge (821 miles).</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance between Cologne and Dieppe is 328 miles.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you were staying in Amsterdam, the closest port would be Hook of Holland (53 miles).</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <!--<CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A long-distance journey</Heading>
                <Paragraph>How far is it from Cardiff to Manchester?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You need to identify the square where the column for Cardiff and the row for Manchester meet.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 11 Cardiff to Manchester on a mileage chart</Caption>
                    <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Cardiff and Manchester is highlighted (173 miles).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>So the answer is 173 miles.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>-->
            <!--<Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 4: A European tour</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>You want to go on holiday to Florence, crossing the Channel and then driving. You’ll need to refer to this mileage chart to answer the questions in this activity.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2c.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 12 A mileage chart for a European tour</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>How far is it to Florence from Calais?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A series of ports are listed at the top of the table. Which port is closest to Florence?<Paragraph>You will come back via Cologne in Germany.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it from Cologne to the port you chose?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it from Cologne to Calais?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Which would be the best port to use?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>You need to find the row for Florence and go along it until it meets the column for Calais.<Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2d.png" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 13 A mileage chart for a European tour (answer)</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between European cities (Amsterdam, Barcelona, Berlin, Bordeaux, Brussels, Cannes, Cologne, Florence, Frankfurt and Geneva) and Channel ports (Roscoff, Cherbourg, Le Havre, Dieppe, Calais, Zeebrigge and Hook of Holland). The distance between Florence and Calais is highlighted (860 miles).</Description></Figure><Paragraph>The distance between Florence and Calais is 860 miles.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You need to look along the row for Florence and find the shortest distance, then see which port is named at the top of the column. The shortest distance is 821 miles, from Zeebrugge.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You need to look along the Cologne row until you get to the Zeebrugge column. The distance in 198 miles.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Check the distance from Calais to Cologne: 263 miles.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Zeebrugge is the best port to use because it’s closest to both Cologne and Florence.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>-->
            <Section id="nonumber-idm627">
                <Title>2.1 Adding distances</Title>
                <Paragraph>Many trips have more than one stop. To calculate how far you have to travel you need to add together the distances between stops.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: The sales trip</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A sales rep has to travel from Edinburgh to York, then to London, and then back to Edinburgh. How far will they travel?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Use the mileage chart to find the distances between Edinburgh and York, York and London, and London and Edinburgh.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The distance between Edinburgh and York is 186 miles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="9fde3a18" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 14 Edinburgh to York on a mileage chart</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Edinburgh and York is highlighted (186 miles).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>York to London is 194 miles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="6997bfbf" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 15 London to York on a mileage chart</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between London and York is highlighted (194 miles).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Returning from London to Edinburgh is 412 miles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2-1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="284f94ed" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 16 London to Edinburgh on a mileage chart</Caption>
                        <Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Edinburgh and London is highlighted (412 miles).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>The total distance of the trip is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>186 + 194 + 412 = 792 miles</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Use the mileage table to help you with the following activity. Please
make the calculations without using a calculator. You may double-check your answer with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 10: Travelling across the UK</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You use a hire car to go from London to Cardiff, from Cardiff to Liverpool and then back to London. You pay 10p for each mile you drive. <NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>How many miles must you pay for?</SubListItem><SubListItem>How much would this cost?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList><!--<EditorComment> Create (b) question for how much they would pay</EditorComment>--></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>You live Cardiff but are going to attend a conference in Manchester. Following your conference, you are driving straight on to York to stay for a few days before returning home to Cardiff. How far will your journey be in total?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>
You need to look up all the distances and then add them together: 
<Paragraph>London to Cardiff is 150 miles.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2-1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="fd924c55" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/><Caption>Figure 17 London to Cardiff on a mileage chart</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Cardiff and London is highlighted (150 miles).</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Cardiff to Liverpool is 165 miles.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2-1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="95222d47" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 18 Cardiff to Liverpool on a mileage chart</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Cardiff and Liverpool is highlighted (165 miles).</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>Liverpool to London is 198 miles.</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_2-1f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_2-1f.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="efca1217" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_2-1f.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 19 Liverpool to London on a mileage chart</Caption><Description>A mileage chart showing the distances between Edinburgh, Birmingham, Cardiff, Dover, Leeds, Liverpool, London, Manchester, Newcastle and York. The distance between Liverpool and London is highlighted (198 miles).</Description></Figure>
<Paragraph>So the total distance is:</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>150 + 165 + 198 = 513 miles</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="2">
<SubListItem>The total distance is 513 miles and you pay 10p for each mile you drive. So you would pay: </SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>513 × 10 =  5 130p</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>You would not usually express an amount of money in this way, so let’s divide this total by 100 to find the amount in pounds:</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 130 ÷ 100 =  £51.30</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>You need to look up all the distances and then add them together. Cardiff to Manchester is 173 miles; Manchester to York is 66 miles; and York to Cardiff is 231 miles. So the total distance is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>173 + 66 + 231 = 470 miles
</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have now completed the activities on using distance charts. This will help you with everyday life when you are planning a journey and/or claiming mileage when travelling for work.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Summary>
                    <Paragraph>You have now completed the activities on using distance charts. This will help you with everyday life when you are planning a journey and or claiming mileage when travelling for work.</Paragraph>
                </Summary>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm705">
            <Title>2.2 Calculating with time and timetables</Title>
            <Paragraph>As previously discussed, calculators are not the most useful items when it comes to calculations involving time. A much better option is to use a number line to work out these calculations. Take a look at the examples below.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Cooking</Heading>
                <Paragraph>You put a chicken in the oven at 4:45 pm. You know it needs to cook for 1 hour and 25 minutes. What time should you take the chicken out?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Watch the video below to see how the number line method works.</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/ani11_maths_chicken.mp4" width="511" type="video" x_manifest="ani11_maths_chicken_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="5fd6f71f" x_folderhash="5fd6f71f" x_contenthash="3e568053">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>A chicken takes 1 hour and 25 minutes to cook. So, to work out when the chicken will be ready, you can use a number line, which looks like this. The idea behind the number line is that we use small, easy chunks of time to work out the answer. In this example, you know that you need to add 1 hour and 25 minutes onto 4:45 p.m. Here is a number line that starts at 4:45 p.m. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>To begin with, add 15 minutes, since this will take us to an easy time of 5:00 p.m. It then makes sense to add an hour on, which takes you to 6:00 p.m. As you've now added 1 hour and 15 minutes, you still need to add another 10 minutes. This takes you to 6:10 p.m., which is when the chicken will be ready. There's no exact science to using the number line for calculations like these. You just add on in chunks of time to make the calculation simpler.</Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/ani11_maths_chicken.png" x_folderhash="5fd6f71f" x_contenthash="c63ece51" x_imagesrc="ani11_maths_chicken.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="288"/>
                    </Figure>
                </MediaContent>
                <!--<Paragraph>The idea behind the number line is that we use small, easy ‘chunks’ of time to work out the answer. In the example above, you know that you need to add 1 hour and 25 minutes on to 4:45 pm. </Paragraph><Paragraph>To begin with, add 15 minutes (since this will take you to an ‘easy’ time of 5:00 pm). It then makes sense to add an hour on which takes you to 6 pm. As you’ve now added 1 hour and 15 minutes, you still need to add another 10 minutes. This takes you to 6:10 pm.</Paragraph><Paragraph>There is no exact science to using the number line for calculations like these, you just add on in ‘chunks’ of time that make the calculation simpler. Take a look at another example.</Paragraph>-->
            </CaseStudy>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Time sheets</Heading>
                <Paragraph>You work for a landscaping company and need to fill out your time sheet for your employer. You began working at 8:30 am and finished the job at 12:10 pm. How long did the job take?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_level2_5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_5.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="8002fcfd" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_5.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 20 A number line for a time sheet</Caption>
                    <Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 8:30am, 9:00am, 12:00pm, 12:10pm. An arrow labelled ‘+ 30 mins’ points from 8:30am, to 9:00am. An arrow labelled ‘+ 3 hours’ points from 9:00am to 12:00pm. An arrow labelled ‘+ 10 mins’ points from 12:00pm to 12:10pm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Again, for finding the time difference you want to work with easy ‘chunks’ of time. Firstly, you can move from 8:30 am to 9:00 am by adding 30 minutes. It is then simple to get to 12:00 pm by adding on 3 hours. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Finally, you just need another 10 minutes to take you to 12:10 pm. Looking at the total time added you have 3 hours and 40 minutes.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Another aspect of calculating with time comes in the form of timetables. You will be used to using these to work out which departure time you need to meet in order to get to a location on time or how long a journey will take. Once you can calculate with time, using timetables simply requires you to find the correct information before carrying out the calculation. Take a look at the example below.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Timetables</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Here is part of a train timetable from Swindon to London.</Paragraph>
                <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 2(a)</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Swindon</th>
                            <td>06:10</td>
                            <td>06:27</td>
                            <td>06:41</td>
                            <td>06:58</td>
                            <td>07:01</td>
                            <td>07:17</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Didcot</th>
                            <td>06:27</td>
                            <td>06:45</td>
                            <td>06:58</td>
                            <td>07:15</td>
                            <td>07:18</td>
                            <td>07:34</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Reading</th>
                            <td>06:41</td>
                            <td>06:59</td>
                            <td>07:13</td>
                            <td>-</td>
                            <td>07:33</td>
                            <td>-</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>London</th>
                            <td>07:16</td>
                            <td>07:32</td>
                            <td>07:44</td>
                            <td>08:02</td>
                            <td>08:07</td>
                            <td>08:14</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                    <ListItem>You need to travel from Didcot to London. You need to arrive in London by 8:00 am. What is the latest train you can catch from Didcot to arrive in London for 8:00 am?</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 2(b)</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Swindon</th>
                            <td>06:10</td>
                            <td>06:27</td>
                            <td>06:41</td>
                            <td>06:58</td>
                            <td>07:01</td>
                            <td>07:17</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Didcot</th>
                            <td>06:27</td>
                            <td>06:45</td>
                            <td><i>06:58</i></td>
                            <td>07:15</td>
                            <td>07:18</td>
                            <td>07:34</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Reading</th>
                            <td>06:41</td>
                            <td>06:59</td>
                            <td>07:13</td>
                            <td>-</td>
                            <td>07:33</td>
                            <td>-</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>London</th>
                            <td>07:16</td>
                            <td>07:32</td>
                            <td><b>07:44</b></td>
                            <td>08:02</td>
                            <td>08:07</td>
                            <td>08:14</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>Looking at the arrival times in London, in order to get there for 8:00 am you will need to take the train that arrives in London at 07:44 (highlighted with bold). If you then move up this column of the timetable you can see that this train leaves Didcot at 06:58 (highlighted with italic). This is therefore the train you must catch.</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList class="lower-alpha" start="2">
                    <ListItem xml:space="preserve">How long does the 06:58 from Swindon take to travel to London?</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead>Table 2(c)</TableHead>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Swindon</th>
                            <td>06:10</td>
                            <td>06:27</td>
                            <td>06:41</td>
                            <td><i>06:58</i></td>
                            <td>07:01</td>
                            <td>07:17</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Didcot</th>
                            <td>06:27</td>
                            <td>06:45</td>
                            <td>06:58</td>
                            <td>07:15</td>
                            <td>07:18</td>
                            <td>07:34</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Reading</th>
                            <td>06:41</td>
                            <td>06:59</td>
                            <td>07:13</td>
                            <td>-</td>
                            <td>07:33</td>
                            <td>-</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <th>London</th>
                            <td>07:16</td>
                            <td>07:32</td>
                            <td>07:44</td>
                            <td><b>08:02</b></td>
                            <td>08:07</td>
                            <td>08:14</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>Firstly, find the correct train from Swindon (highlighted with italic). Follow this column of the timetable down until you reach London (highlighted with bold). You then need to find the difference in time between 06:58 and 08:02. Using the number line method from earlier in the section (or any other method you choose).</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_level2_6.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_6.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="e862f0b6" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_6.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 21 A number line for a timetable</Caption>
                    <Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 06:58, 07:00, 08:00, 08:02. An arrow labelled ‘+ 2 mins’ points from 06:58, to 07:00. An arrow labelled ‘+ 1 hour’ points from 07:00 to 08:00. An arrow labelled ‘+ 2 mins’ points from 08:00 to 08:02.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>You can then see that this train takes a total of 1 hour and 4 minutes to travel from Swindon to London.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Have a go at the activity below to practise calculating time and using timetables.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 11: Timetables and calculating time</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
                                    <Paragraph>Kacper is a builder. He leaves home at 8:30 am and drives to the trade centre. He collects his items and loads them into his van. His visit takes 1 hour and 45 minutes. He then drives to work, which takes 50 minutes. What time does he arrive at work?</Paragraph>
                                </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
                                    <Paragraph>You have invited some friends round for dinner and find a recipe for roast lamb. The recipe requires:</Paragraph>
                                    <BulletedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>25 minutes preparation time</SubListItem>
                                        <SubListItem>1 hour cooking time</SubListItem>
                                        <SubListItem>20 minutes resting time</SubListItem>
                                    </BulletedSubsidiaryList>
                                    <Paragraph>You want to eat with your friends at 7:30 pm. What is the latest time you can start preparing the lamb?</Paragraph>
                                </ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
                                    <Paragraph>Here is part of a train timetable from Manchester to Liverpool.</Paragraph>
                                </ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table class="normal">
                        <TableHead>Table 3(a)</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="7">Manchester to Liverpool</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Manchester</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:24</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:52</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:03</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:25</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:01</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:13</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Warrington</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:38</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:06</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:20</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:45</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:15</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:28</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Widnes</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:58</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:26</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:42</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:03</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:34</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:49</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Liverpool Lime Street</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:09</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:38</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:53</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:14</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:46</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">13:02</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
                                    <Paragraph>You need to travel from Manchester to Liverpool Lime Street. You need to be in Liverpool by 12:30. Which train should you catch from Manchester and how long will your journey take?</Paragraph>
                                </ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Firstly, work out the total time that Kacper is out for: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>1 hour 45 minutes at the trade centre and another 50 minutes driving makes a total of 2 hours and 35 minutes.</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then, using the number line, you have:</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_level2_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_3.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="f685f5d0" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_3.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/><Caption>Figure 22 A number line for Question 1</Caption><Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 8:30am, 9:00am, 10:00am, 11:00am, 11:05am. An arrow labelled ‘+ 30 mins’ points from 8:30am, to 9:00am. An arrow labelled ‘+ 1 hour’ points from 9:00am to 10:00am. An arrow labelled ‘+ 1 hour’ points from 10:00am to 11:00am An arrow labelled ‘+ 5 mins’ points from 11:00am to 11:05am.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>So Kacper arrives at work at 11:05 am.</Paragraph><Paragraph>You could also do the calculation by adding on the 1 hour 45 minutes first:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>8:30 am + 1 hour = 9:30 am</SubListItem>
                                        <SubListItem>9:30 am + 45 minutes = 10:15 am</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Finally, you can add on the 50 minutes:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>10:15 am + 45 minutes = 11:00 am</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then add on the remaining 5 minutes:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>11:00 am + 5 minutes = 11:05 am</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Again, firstly work out the total time required:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>25 minutes + 1 hour + 20 minutes = 1 hour 45 minutes in total</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>This time you need to work backwards on the number line so you begin at 7:30 and work backwards.</Paragraph><Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_level2_7.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_7.png" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="1c348590" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_7.png" x_imagewidth="525" x_imageheight="117"/><Caption>Figure 23 A number line for Question 2</Caption><Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 5:45pm, 6:00pm, 7:00pm, 7:30pm. An arrow labelled ‘– 30 mins’ points from 7:30pm, to 7:00pm. An arrow labelled ‘‒ 1 hour’ points from 7:00pm to 6:00pm. An arrow labelled ‘‒ 15 mins’ points from 6:00pm to 5:45pm.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>You can now see that you must begin preparing the lamb at 5:45 pm at the latest.</Paragraph><Paragraph>As with the first question, you could have done this question by taking off each stage in the cooking process separately rather than finding the total time first:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>7:30 pm − 20 minutes = 7:10 pm</SubListItem>
                                        <SubListItem>7:10 pm − 1 hour = 6:10 pm</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>There are 25 minutes left so:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>6:10 pm − 10 minutes = 6:00 pm</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>There are now 15 minutes left so:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
                                        <SubListItem>6:00 pm − 15 minutes = 5:45 pm</SubListItem>
                                    </UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Looking at the timetable for arrival at Liverpool, you can see that in order to arrive by 12:30 you need to catch the train that arrives at 12:14. This means that you need to catch the 11:25 from Manchester.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table class="normal">
                        <TableHead>Table 3(b)</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th class="ColumnHeadCentered" colspan="7">Manchester to Liverpool</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Manchester</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:24</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:52</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:03</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft"><i>11:25</i></td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:01</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:13</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Warrington</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:38</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:06</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:20</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:45</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:15</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:28</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Widnes</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">10:58</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:26</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:42</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:03</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:34</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:49</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Liverpool Lime Street</th>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:09</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:38</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">11:53</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft"><b>12:14</b></td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">12:46</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft">13:02</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>You therefore need to work out the difference in time between 11:25 (italic) and 12:14 (bold).</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_level2_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_8.png" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="a7221456" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_8.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="117"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 24 A number line for Question 3</Caption>
                        <Description>A number line with times marked from left to right: 11:25, 11:30, 12:00, 12:14. An arrow labelled ‘+ 5 mins’ points from 11:25, to 11:30. An arrow labelled ‘+ 30 mins’ points from 11:30 to 12:00. An arrow labelled ‘+ 14 mins’ points from 12:00 to 12:14.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Using the number line again, you can see that this is a total of 5 + 30 + 14 = 49 minutes.</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>You have now completed the activities on using distance charts. This will help you with everyday life when you are planning a journey and/or claiming mileage when travelling for work.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm710">
            <Title>3 Using metric measurements: weight</Title>
            <Paragraph>Weight – sometimes referred to as ‘mass’ – is a measurement of how heavy something is.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>How much do you weigh? </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You might have given your weight in kilograms (kg) or in pounds (lb), or pounds and stone (st). Kilograms are metric weights. Pounds and stones are imperial weights.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In the UK, both metric and imperial units may be used. We are going to focus on the metric units of weight here.</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead>Metric units of weight</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Metric unit</th>
                        <th>Abbreviation</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>milligram</td>
                        <td>mg</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>gram</td>
                        <td>g</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>kilogram</td>
                        <td>kg</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>tonne</td>
                        <td>(No abbreviation)</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>Milligrams (mg) are only used to weigh very small quantities or items, such as dosage on medication.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>A tonne is a unit for weighing very heavy items, such as a lorry.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>For everyday measuring tasks, the most common metric units of weight are grams (g) and kilograms (kg), so these are what you will focus on here.</Paragraph>
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1 g is approximately the weight of a paperclip</ListItem>
                <ListItem>1 kg is the weight of a bag of sugar</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Key fact:</b> 1 000 grams (g) = 1 kilogram (kg)</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Box xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> If you are used to using the imperial system of measure, 1
kilogram is equivalent to about 2<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                <mrow>
                                    <mfrac>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>1</mn>
                                        </mrow>
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mn>4</mn>
                                            <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </mfrac>
                                </mrow>
                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation> pounds.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <!--
            <UnNumberedList>
                <ListItem>1,000 grams (g) = 1 kilogram (kg)</ListItem>
            </UnNumberedList>
            <Paragraph>You should measure weight in metric units, but you might see the old imperial units used sometimes. </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>1 g is approximately the weight of a paperclip. </ListItem>
            </BulletedList>-->
            <Paragraph>Many foods are sold by weight. For example:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>10 g of a spice</ListItem>
                <ListItem>30 g of crisps</ListItem>
                <ListItem>100 g of chocolate</ListItem>
                <ListItem>250 g of coffee</ListItem>
                <ListItem>500 g of rice.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Heavier things are weighed in kilograms:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>2 kg bag of potatoes</ListItem>
                <ListItem>10 kg of chicken food</ListItem>
                <ListItem>15 kg baggage allowance on a plane</ListItem>
                <ListItem>25 kg bag of cement.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Note that if you bought ten packets of rice, you would say you had bought 5 kg rather than 5 000 g.</Paragraph>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>3.2 Comparing weights</Title>
                <Paragraph>By law, weights of goods for sale in the UK have to be in metric units: grams and kilograms.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Historically, however, most people used imperial measures of weight: in size order these are ounces, pounds and stones.</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>16 ounces (oz) = 1 pound (lb)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>14 pounds = 1 stone (st)</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>You might still come across these weights sometimes.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>An ounce is a bit less than 30 g. A pound is a bit less than half a kilogram.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Two weight measurements</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have an old ladder with a label that says it can hold up to 20 stone. You weigh 80 kg. Can you safely use the ladder?</Paragraph>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> 1 st = 14 lb</Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to work out roughly what 20 stone is in kilograms. First, you need to find out how much 20 stone is in pounds.</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>20 × 14 = 280 lbs</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>One pound is equivalent to nearly half a kilogram, so next you need to divide the weight in pounds by 2:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>280 ÷ 2 = 140</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>The ladder will take about 140 kg – so you’re safe!</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 8: Converting weights</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>An airline’s weight allowance for a piece of hand luggage is 5 kg. You have weighed your bag on some old bathroom scales and found that it is 7 lbs. Can you take it?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You are using a recipe your grandmother wrote down. It calls for 4 oz sugar. You only have 150 g left. Do you have enough to make the recipe?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A pound is a bit less than half a kilogram. To estimate what the weight allowance is in pounds, you need to multiply the amount in kilograms by 2:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 × 2 = 10 lbs</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Alternatively, you could estimate how much your bag weighs in kilograms by dividing the amount in pounds by 2: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>7 ÷ 2 = 3.5 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Using either method, your bag doesn’t exceed the weight allowance.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>An ounce is a bit less than 30 g. To estimate how much sugar you need in ounces, you need to multiply the amount in ounces by 30:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 × 30 = 120 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Alternatively, you could estimate how much sugar you have in ounces by dividing the amount in grams by 30:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>150 ÷ 30 = 5 oz</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Using either method, you have enough sugar for the recipe.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to: </Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>estimate and measure weight</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>use metric units of weight</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>know the relationship between grams and kilograms</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>convert from imperial to metric units of weight.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection>
            </Section>-->
            <Section id="nonumber-idm770">
                <Title>3.1 Instruments of measure</Title>
                <Paragraph>Scales show you how much something weighs. Digital scales show the weight as a display of numbers. Other scales have a dial or line of numbers and you have to read the weight from this.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d2b34f3e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="267"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 25 Using different scales for different objects</Caption>
                    <Description>A montage of two illustrations: (<i>left</i>) a letter on a set of digital scales weighing 0.50 g; (<i>right</i>) sugar on a set of scales weighing 150 g.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>You’ll notice that on the right-hand set of scales in the picture above, the needle points to 150 g. If you use scales like this, you need to know the divisions marked on the scales. You might have to count the marks between numbers.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Identifying weights on scales</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>What is the weight of the flour in these scales?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_3a2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3a2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="b64e78a7" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3a2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="360"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 26 Weighing flour</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of flour in a set of scales. There are four marks between 50 g and 100 g, each representing another 10 g. The needle is level with the second mark.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>(Note that scales like this are calibrated to weigh only the flour inside the bowl – the weight on the scales is just the flour, not the flour and the bowl.)</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>There are four marks between 50 g and 100 g, each representing another 10 g. So the marks represent 60 g, 70 g, 80 g and 90 g. The needle is level with the second mark, so the weight is 70 g.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 12: Reading scales</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>How many grams of sugar are on the scales in the picture below? <Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_3b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="f7da42ea" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="359"/><Caption>Figure 27 Weighing sugar</Caption><Description>An illustration of sugar in a set of scales. There are four marks between 100 g and 150 g, each representing another 10 g. The needle is level with the fourth mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>What is this person’s weight in kilograms?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_3c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="d029af18" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="310"/><Caption>Figure 28 Weighing a person</Caption><Description>An illustration of someone standing on weighing scales. There are nine marks between 60 kg and 70 kg, each representing another 1 kg. The needle is level with the fifth mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How much does the letter weigh? <Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_3d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_3d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="7a0708fc" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_3d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="500"/><Caption>Figure 29 Weighing a letter</Caption><Description>An illustration of a letter on a set of scales. There are nine marks between 0 g and 100 g, each representing another 10 g. The needle is level with the eighth mark.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>There are nine marks between 100 g and 200 g, so each mark represents 10 g. The needle is at the fourth mark after 100g, so there is: <UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 + 40 = 140 g of sugar</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The needle is halfway between 60 kg and 70 kg, so the person weighs 65 kg.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>There are nine marks between 0 g and 100 g, so there’s a mark at every 10 g. The needle is two marks before 100 g, so the letter weighs:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 – 20 = 80 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm819">
                <Title>3.2 Weighing things</Title>
                <Paragraph>It’s useful to have an idea of how much things weigh. It can help you to work out the weight of fruit or vegetables to buy in a market, for example, or whether your suitcase will be within the weight limit for a flight.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Try estimating the weight of something before you weigh it. It will help you to get used to measures of weight.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Remember to use appropriate units. Give the weight of small things in grams and of heavy things in kilograms.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph>Remember that:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>1 g is approximately the weight of a paperclip.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>1 kg is the weight of a bag of sugar.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>1 kg = 1 000 g</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Take a look at the example below before having a go at the activity.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Weighing an apple</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Which metric unit would you use to weigh an apple?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Estimate how much an apple weighs and then weigh one.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How much would 20 of these apples weigh? Would you use the same units?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>An apple is quite small, so it should be weighed in grams.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>How much did you estimate that an apple weighs? A reasonable estimate would be 100 g.</Paragraph><Paragraph>When we weighed an apple, it was 130 g. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Twenty apples would weigh:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>130 × 20 = 2 600 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>This answer could also be expressed in kilograms. To convert from grams to kilograms, you need to divide the figure in grams by 1 000 (1 kg = 1 000 g) . So the weight of the apples in kilograms is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 600 g ÷ 1 000 = 2.6 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>We will look more at converting metric units of weight in the next section.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 13: Weighing things</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>How much do ten teabags weigh? Estimate and then weigh them.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How heavy is a bottle of sauce? How much would a case of 10 bottles weigh?<Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> The weight shown on the label is the weight of the sauce – it doesn’t include the weight of the bottle or jar that the sauce comes in. So for an accurate measurement, you need to weigh the bottle rather than read the label!</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How heavy is a book?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Discussion>
                        <Paragraph>Our suggestions are shown in the table below. Your estimates and measured weights might be different, but they should be roughly similar.</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Item</th>
                                    <th>Estimated weight</th>
                                    <th>Actual weight</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Ten teabags</td>
                                    <td>25 g</td>
                                    <td>30 g</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Bottle of sauce</td>
                                    <td>500 g</td>
                                    <td>450 g</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Book</td>
                                    <td>900 g</td>
                                    <td>720 g</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <Paragraph>A case of ten bottles of sauce would weigh:</Paragraph>
                        <UnNumberedList>
                            <ListItem>450 × 10 = 4 500 g</ListItem>
                        </UnNumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>As previously noted, 1 000 g = 1 kg, so 4 500 g = 4.5 kg, which is how you would more usually express this weight.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>If your book weighed more than ours, you might have given its weight in kilograms. If you chose a small book, it may have weighed a lot less.</Paragraph>
                    </Discussion>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm888">
                <Title>3.3 Converting metric units of weight</Title>
                <Paragraph>There are occasions where you may have to convert between metric units of weight. Figure 30 shows you how to do this. In this section, we are only going to practise converting between grams (g) and
kilograms (kg).</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Weight is sometimes referred to as mass.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig25.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig25.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="f4f781d6" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_s2_fig25.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="277"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 30 A conversion chart for weight</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for weight</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>g × 1 000 for mg; mg ÷ 1 000 for g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>kg × 1 000 for g; g ÷ 1 000 for kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>t × 1 000 for kg; kg ÷ 1 000 for t</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting units of weight</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from kilograms into grams:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg = ? g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>6.5 kg = ? g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from grams into kilograms:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>8 000 g = ? kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 250 g = ? kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>As you can see from Figure 30, to convert from kilograms (kg) to grams (g) you need to multiply by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg × 1 000 = 4 000 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>6.5 kg × 1 000 = 6 500 g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you want to convert from grams (g) to kilograms (kg) you need to divide by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>8 000 g ÷ 1 000 = 8 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1 250 g ÷ 1 000 = 1.25 kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 14: Converting metric units of weight</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the following without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 to remind you how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply</a> and <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.8.1">divide</a> by 1 000.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>You may double-check your answer with a calculator if you need to. Remember to
check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Convert the following to kilograms:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3 000 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9 500 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>750 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>10 000 g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Convert the following to grams:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1.5 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7.6 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.25 kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>3 000 g ÷ 1 000 = 3 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>9 500 g ÷ 1 000 = 9.5 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>750 g ÷ 1 000 = 0.75 kg</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>10 000 g ÷ 1 000 = 10 kg</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 kg × 1 000 = 4 000 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>1.5 kg × 1 000 = 1 500 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>7.6 kg × 1 000 = 7 600 g</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.25 kg × 1 000 = 2 250 g</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm958">
                <Title>3.4 Calculate using metric units of weight</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to carry out other calculations with weight. This may require you to convert between metric units, either before you carry out the calculation or at the end.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Weight of ingredients</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>If you were to buy 750g of flour, 500g of sugar and 250g of butter, what is the total weight of these ingredients in kilograms?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>As all of the measurements are given in grams, you can add them together:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>750 g + 500 g + 250 g = 1 500 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The question asks for the final weight in kilograms. Knowing that 1 kilogram equals 1 000 grams, you now need to convert the amount in grams:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 500 ÷ 1 000 = 1.5 kg</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: A block of cheese</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>A deli has a 1.4 kg block of cheese. Three pieces, each weighing 250 g, are cut from it. How much does the remaining block of cheese weigh?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The main block of cheese is 1.4 kg, so you need to convert this into grams:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1.4 kg × 1 000 = 1 400 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The three pieces of cheese weigh: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>250 g × 3 = 750 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>Taking this away from the original weight of the block of cheese gives you the answer:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>1 400 g – 750 g = 650 g</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 15: Carrying out calculations with weight</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 to remind you about how to carry out calculations with <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=4">whole numbers and decimals</a>.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Lily is making 3 kg of jam. The jam is made up of fruit and sugar. The weight of the fruit is 1 kg 800 g. How much sugar should she add to make the 3 kg of jam?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Three parcels weigh 1.25 kg, 3.5 kg and 600g. What is the total weight of the parcels in kilograms?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The hand luggage allowance is 7 kg for a particular airline. If you buy a cabin bag that weighs 3.1 kg, what is the maximum weight that you can pack?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A puppy weighs 2.3 kg at seven weeks old. It puts on 800 g a week. How much will it approximately weigh at ten weeks old?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You need to decide whether to convert everything into grams or kilograms first. Using Method 1, converting everything into grams, the total weight of the jam in grams will be: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 kg × 1 000 = 3 000 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The weight of the fruit is: 
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 kg × 1 000 = 1 000 g + 800 g = 1 800 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Now you can take the weight of the fruit away from the total weight
needed:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 000 g – 1 800 g = 1 200 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
If needed, you can convert to kilograms:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 200 g ÷ 1 000 = 1.2 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Using Method 2, expressing the weight of the fruit in kilograms, the weight of the fruit is 1 kg 800 g, which is 1.8 kg. If you take the weight of the fruit away from the total weight of the jam needed, the answer is:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 kg – 1.8 kg = 1.2 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You need to decide whether to convert everything into grams or
kilograms first. Using Method 1, converting everything to grams first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Parcel 1: 1.25 kg × 1 000 = 1 250 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 2: 3.5 kg × 1 000 = 3 500 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 3: 600g</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Add the weights of the parcels in grams:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 250 g + 3 500 g + 600 g = 5 350 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The question wants the answer in kilograms, you will need to convert:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 350 g ÷ 1 000 = 5.35 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Using Method 2, converting everything to kilograms first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Parcel 1: 1.25 kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 2: 3.5 kg</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Parcel 3: 600 g ÷ 1 000 = 0.6 kg</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Add the weights of the parcels in kilograms:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.25 kg + 3.5 kg + 0.6 kg = 5.35 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>If the maximum hand luggage is 7 kg and the case weighs 3.1 kg, then you can pack the following amount without going over the maximum limit:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>7 kg – 3.1 kg = 3.9 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may have worked this out in grams:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Maximum weight: 7 kg × 1 000 g = 7 000 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Weight of case: 3.1 kg × 1 000 = 3 100 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Amount of luggage: 7 000 g – 3 100 g = 3 900 g</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>To work out the answer, convert the puppy’s weight at seven weeks into grams first:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2.3 kg × 1 000 = 2 300 g</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
The puppy puts on 800 g a week:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>Week 8: 2 300 g + 800 g = 3 100 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Week 9: 3 100 g + 800 g = 3 900 g</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Week 10: 3 900 g + 800 g = 4 700 g</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You may want to express you answer in kilograms:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 700 g ÷ 1 000 = 4.7 kg</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to: </Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>estimate and measure weight</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>use metric units of weight</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>know the relationship between grams and kilograms</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>convert between grams and kilograms</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>calculate using metric weights.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1053">
            <Title>4 Capacity</Title>
            <Paragraph>Capacity (sometimes referred to as volume) is a measurement of how much space something takes up.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>When you buy milk, how much is in each bottle or carton? What about when you buy juice?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Most people buy milk in cartons or bottles of one, two, four or six pints. Juice is usually sold in cartons or bottles of one litre. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Pints are an imperial measure of volume, and litres are a metric measure of volume. A litre is slightly less than two pints. We are going to focus on metric units here.</Paragraph>
            <Table>
                <TableHead>Metric units of length</TableHead>
                <tbody>
                    <tr>
                        <th>Metric unit</th>
                        <th>Abbreviation</th>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>millilitre</td>
                        <td>ml</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>centilitre</td>
                        <td>cl</td>
                    </tr>
                    <tr>
                        <td>litre</td>
                        <td>l</td>
                    </tr>
                </tbody>
            </Table>
            <Paragraph>You sometimes see capacity marked in centilitres (cl), such as on the side of a bottle of water, where the measurement may be shown as 50 cl or 500 ml. However, the most common metric units of capacity are millilitres and litres, so these are what we will focus on here.</Paragraph>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Key fact:</b> One litre (1 l) is the same as 1 000 millilitres (1 000 ml).</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <!--<Section>
                <Title>4.2 Using pints and gallons</Title>
                <Paragraph>You might still see the old, imperial units for measuring volume.</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>20 fluid ounces (fl oz) = 1 pint (pt)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>8 pts = 1 gallon (gal)</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>A pint is a little more than half a litre.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>A fluid ounce is about 30 ml.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Some measuring jugs show both metric and imperial units. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_m1_s2_4-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4-2.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 35 Using metric and imperial units</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug showing metric and imperial units, and a milk bottle labelled ‘2.27 litres, 4 pints’. Underneath the bottle is ‘1 litre = 0.568 pints’.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Buying petrol</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have an old one-gallon can in your shed. You take it to the garage to buy petrol for your lawnmower. About how many litres of petrol can you buy?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>A pint is a little more than half a litre, so you can get just over a litre for every 2 pints.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>There are 8 pints in a gallon, so you can get just over 4 litres of petrol.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 11: Converting between metric and imperial measurements</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You are mixing up a quantity of weedkiller. The packet says to use a pint of weedkiller in a gallon of water. You have only a metric measuring jug. How much water should you use with 1 litre of weedkiller?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>An old recipe book tells you to make one pint of custard. You prefer to buy custard in the supermarket, where it is sold in cartons of 500 ml. How many cartons do you need to buy to be sure you have enough for the recipe?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You know that:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>8 pts = 1 gallon (gal)</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So you have to use eight times as much water as weedkiller.</Paragraph><Paragraph>If you use 1 litre of weedkiller, you will need 8 litres of water.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>A pint is a little more than half a litre, and the cartons of custard in the supermarket are 500 ml each. So to make one pint of custard, you would need to buy two cartons.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
<InternalSection>
<Heading>Summary</Heading>
<Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>identify the standard units for measuring volume or capacity</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>measure volume (or capacity)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>compare metric and imperial measures.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList></InternalSection>
                
                
            </Section>-->
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1078">
                <Title>4.1 Instruments of measure</Title>
                <Paragraph>To measure a very small amount, you might use a teaspoon. This is the same as 5 millilitres (ml).</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_spoon.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess4_spoon.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="cf282acf" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess4_spoon.png" x_imagewidth="391" x_imageheight="150"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 31 A teaspoon</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a teaspoon.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>To measure larger amounts, you would probably use a measuring jug of some kind. Measuring jugs are often labelled in millilitres, especially newer ones, and they can come in different sizes: some can measure up to 500 ml of liquid and others up to 1 litre (1 000 ml). Some may hold more or less than this.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_4b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="06cc6ca5" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4b.png" x_imagewidth="200" x_imageheight="200"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 32 A measuring jug</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now take a look at the following example.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Measuring liquids</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>If you had to measure out 350 ml of juice for a recipe, where would the liquid come to in this jug?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_4c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="c681483f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4c.png" x_imagewidth="200" x_imageheight="200"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 33 Measuring liquids in a measuring jug</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug. It has a scale on the side up to 500 ml. </Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>There are three marks on the jug between 300 ml and 400 ml. These mark 325, 350 and 375 ml. So you need to fill the jug to the middle mark (remember to look for the level where the liquid touches the scale). You may have to hold a jug up to eye level to measure the amount as accurately as you can.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_4d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="50232f96" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4d.png" x_imagewidth="200" x_imageheight="200"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 34 Measuring liquids in a measuring jug (answer)</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a measuring jug. It has a scale on the side up to 500 ml. The water is level with 350 ml on the scale.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 16: Looking at capacity (volume)</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Now that you have seen the example, have a go at the following activity;</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>How much coffee or tea does a cup you usually drink out of hold? Estimate the volume first, and write down your estimate. Next, fill your cup with water and then pour the water into a measuring jug. (<b>Hint:</b> A standard bottle of water holds 500 ml. A can of of pop is 330 ml.)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A scientist has to measure 2.8 ml of liquid in this syringe. Where should the liquid come to?<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_4e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="c24fed6f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="105"/><Caption>Figure 35 A syringe</Caption><Description>An illustration of a syringe. The scale goes up to 3 ml, with nine marks between each millilitre.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A plumber has drained water from a faulty central heating system into a set of measuring jugs. How many litres in total has the plumber drained from the system? Notice how on these measuring jugs, the scale is marked up in fractions of a litre rather than in millilitres.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_4h.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4h.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="ea25c812" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4h.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="208"/><Caption>Figure 36 Three measuring jugs</Caption><Description><Paragraph>An illustration of three measuring jugs. The water is level with ‘1 litre’ on the first two jugs and with <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>3</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation> on the third.</Paragraph></Description></Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>I estimated that my cup holds 400 ml. It actually holds 350 ml. Your
answer may be quite different to this, depending on the size of the cup.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The divisions are marked every 0.1 ml. The syringe should look like this:<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_4g.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4g.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="da182a77" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4g.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="106"/><Caption>Figure 37 A syringe (answer)</Caption><Description>An illustration of a syringe filled to 2.8 ml.</Description></Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The plumber has drained two full one-litre jugs and three-quarters of another jug, making 2.75 litres in total. This could also be written as 2 750 ml or 2 litres 750 ml.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1142">
                <Title>4.2 Converting metric units of capacity</Title>
                <Paragraph>You will sometimes need to change between millilitres and litres. There are 1 000 millilitres in a litre.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Take a look at this metric conversion chart to refer to when you are carrying out the activity below. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_4-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_4-1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="2fb8f54c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_4-1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="212"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 38 A conversion chart for volume</Caption>
                    <Description>
<Paragraph>A conversion chart for volume.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Volume</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 1 000 for ml; ml ÷ 1 000 for l</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>cl × 10 for ml; ml ÷ 10 for cl</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>l × 100 for cl; cl ÷ 100 for l</Paragraph>
</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>As mentioned earlier, capacity/volume can be measured in centilitres (cl), but it is more common to use millilitres (ml) and litres (l), so we will focus on converting between these here.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting units of capacity</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from litres into millilitres:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>7 litres = ? ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.5 litres = ? ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Convert the following from millilitres into litres:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 000 ml = ? litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 750 ml = ? litres</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>As you can see from Figure 38, to convert from litres (l) to millilitres (ml), you need to multiply by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>7 l × 1 000 = 7 000 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.5 l × 1 000 = 8 500 ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>If you want to convert from millilitres (ml) to litres (l) then you need to
divide by 1 000:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>6 000 ml ÷ 1 000 = 6 l</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2 750 ml ÷ 1 000 = 2.75 l</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 17: Converting metric units of capacity</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the following without using a calculator. You may wish to look back at Session 1 to remind you how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply</a> and <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.8.1">divide</a> by 1 000. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>What are the following measurements in litres?
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 000 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 500 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>650 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 575 ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>What are the following measurements in millilitres?
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>9 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.5 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4.8 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.95 litres</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4 000 ml ÷ 1 000 = 4 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3 500 ml ÷ 1 000 = 3.5 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>650 ml ÷ 1 000 = 0.65 litres</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 575 ml ÷ 1 000 = 8.575 litres</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>9 litres × 1 000 = 9 000 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>2.5 litres × 1 000 = 2 500 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4.8 litres × 1 000 = 4 800 ml</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8.95 litres × 1 000 = 8 950 ml</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1211">
                <Title>4.3 Calculate using metric units of capacity</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to carry out calculations involving capacity. This may require you to convert between metric units, either before you carry out the calculation or at the end.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Party food</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You are cooking for a large party. The recipe you are using calls for 600 ml of milk to make enough for four people.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>How many litres of milk will you need to make ten times as much?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>First you need to multiply the amount in millilitres by 10:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>600 × 10 = 6 000 ml</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>However, the question asks for an amount in <i>litres</i>, not millilitres. To convert from millilitres to litres, you need to divide the figure in millilitres by 1 000. So the amount of milk you need in litres is:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>6 000 ÷ 1 000 = 6 litres</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity using the conversion diagram on the previous page to help you answer the questions. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 18: Carrying out calculations involving capacity</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. <!--You may wish to look back at <EditorComment>Session 1</EditorComment> first to remind you about how to carry out calculations without a calculator first. -->You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph/>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A nurse has to order enough soup for 100 patients on a ward. Each patient will eat 400 ml of soup. How many litres of soup must the nurse order?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Twenty people working in a craft workshop have to share the last two-litre bottle of glue. How many millilitres of glue can each person use? What would this be in centilitres?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Willow buys a two-litre carton of milk. She measures out 350 ml for a sauce, 25 ml for a cake and 100 ml for her toddler’s bedtime drink. How much milk is left in the carton? Express your answer
in millilitres.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Ben is having a party and he wants to make a non-alcoholic cocktail. He has found a recipe which states that he needs 500 ml of cranberry juice, 500 ml of grape juice, 250 ml of orange juice
and 1 litre of sparkling water to serve eight people. There will be 24 people at the party.
<Paragraph>How much of each ingredient will he need? Express your answers in litres.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Will an eight-litre drinks dispenser be big enough to hold his non-alcoholic cocktail?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>First you need to work out how much soup you will need in millilitres:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 × 400 = 40 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To convert from millilitres to litres, you need to divide the figure in millilitres by 1 000. So the amount of milk you need in litres is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>40 000 ÷ 1 000 = 40 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>First you need to work out how many millilitres are in 2 litres of glue:<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 × 1 000 = 2 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>This amount is then divided between the twenty people working in the shop:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 000 ÷ 20 = 100 ml each</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>To convert this into centilitres, you would divide this answer by 10:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 ÷ 10 = 10 cl each</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>First add together the amount of milk Willow has used:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>350 ml + 25 ml + 100 ml = 475 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>The carton holds two litres, which in millilitres is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 litres × 1 000 = 2 000 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>Now take the amount used away from the amount the carton holds:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 000 ml – 475 ml = 1 525 ml</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So 1 525 ml is left in the carton.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
The quantities stated are enough to make the drink for eight people. If 24 people are invited to the party, Ben will need three times as much ingredients as stated in the recipe (8 × 3 = 24). So he will need:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>
<Paragraph>500 ml × 3 = 1 500 ml of cranberry juice (1 500 ÷ 1 000 = 1.5 litres)</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>500 ml × 3 = 1 500 ml of grape juice (1 500 ÷ 1 000 = 1.5 litres)</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>250 ml × 3 = 750 ml of orange juice (750 ÷ 1 000 = 0.75 litres)</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>1 litre × 3 = 3 litres of sparkling water (this is already in litres, so no conversion is needed)</Paragraph></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>To see if the bowl will be big enough, we need to add the quantities expressed in litres together:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 litres + 1.5 litres + 0.75 litres + 3 litres = 6.75 litres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So the eight-litre drinks dispenser will be big enough.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>identify the standard units for measuring volume or capacity</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>measure volumes</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>convert between metric units of capacity</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>carry out calculations with metric units of capacity.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1285">
            <Title>5 Measuring temperature</Title>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="edd9c651" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                <Caption>Figure 39 Comparing temperatures</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of two thermometers, one showing –15°C, the other showing 25°C.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Temperature tells us how hot or cold something is. You will see or hear temperatures mentioned in a weather forecast, and will also come across them in recipes or other instructions.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Temperature is sometimes given in degrees Celsius (°C) and sometimes in degrees Fahrenheit (°F).</Paragraph>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> You might sometimes see Celsius called ‘centigrade’. Note that Celsius and centigrade are the same thing, referring to the same scale of measurement.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Paragraph>Water freezes at 0° Celsius and boils at 100° Celsius. The temperature in the UK in the daytime is usually between 0° Celsius (0°C) on a cold winter’s day and 25° Celsius on a hot day in summer. </Paragraph>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1297">
                <Title>5.1 Reading temperatures</Title>
                <Paragraph>Many things have to be stored or used in a particular temperature range to be safe. Temperature is measured with a <b>thermometer</b>.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Thermometers for different uses show different ranges of temperatures.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_ml1_02_img_35.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_ml1_02_img_35.png" width="100%"/>
                    <Caption>(<i>Left</i>) This thermometer measures a person’s temperature and has a range of 35–40°C (95–104°F). (<i>Centre</i>) This thermometer measures the temperature outside and has a range from –10°C to 40°C (from –20°F to 100°F). (<i>Right</i>) This thermometer is on the wall of an industrial oven and shows temperatures in the range 0–500°C.</Caption>
                </Figure>-->
                <Paragraph>Take a look at the following example, which shows two types of thermometer.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Reading thermometers</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>What is the temperature shown on each thermometer below?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="b30b0a17" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="515"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 40 Reading the temperatures</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of two thermometers. In the first, there are four marks between 20°C and 30°C, and the temperature is level with the second mark. In the second, there is one mark between 37°C and 38°C, and the temperature is level with this mark.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>On the first thermometer, there are four divisions between 20 and 30, so the divisions mark every two degrees (22, 24, 26, 28). The reading is at the second mark after 20, so the temperature is 24°C.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>On the second thermometer, the temperature is at the mark halfway between 37 and 38, so it’s 37.5°C.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>What temperature do you think it is today? If you have a thermometer, check the temperature outside; if you don’t, you could use an online resource such as <a href="https://www.bbc.co.uk/weather">the BBC Weather pages</a> or your mobile phone to find the temperature near you.</Paragraph>
                <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s2\bltl_ml1_02_img_38.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_ml1_02_img_38.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 19: Reading thermometers</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>What temperature is shown on each of these thermometers?</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="90d1c707" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 41 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 300°C and 400°C, and the temperature is level with the fourth mark.</Description>
                        </Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="6735a154" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="102"/><Caption>Figure 42 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There is one mark between 38°C and 39°C, and the temperature is level with this mark.</Description>
                        </Figure></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-1e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="ca120082" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-1e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 43 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 10°C and 20°C, and the temperature is level with the third mark.</Description>
                        </Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Each mark on the thermometer represents 20°C and the needle is at the mark below 400, so the temperature is 380°C.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The reading is on the mark halfway between 38°C and 39°C, so the temperature is 38.5°C.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Each mark represents 2°C, so the temperature is 16°C.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1341">
                <Title>5.2 Understanding temperature</Title>
                <!--<Paragraph>Using the right temperature is often a matter of safety. For example, you should store frozen food below –18°C. That means it must be 18°C colder than the point at which water freezes.</Paragraph>-->
                <Paragraph>Using the right temperature is often a matter of safety. Many things have
to be stored or used in a particular temperature range to be safe. A piece of machinery may not be able to operate properly below a minimum temperature or above a maximum temperature, or a jar of tablets may include advice on its label about what temperature it should be stored at.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="5dbd9bac" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="326"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 44 Warning labels</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a label reading ‘Caution: do not use below –5°C or above 30°C’, and a label on a jar of tablets reading ‘Store at 5°C’.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Temperatures used to be shown in degrees Fahrenheit. You will still see these measures sometimes. For example:</Paragraph>
                <Figure xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="536368a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="322"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 45 Temperatures in Celsius and Fahrenheit</Caption>
                    <Description><Paragraph>An illustration of a list of ingredients with cooking instructions (‘Ingredients: 1 oz butter (25 g); 1 small onion, finely chopped; <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  <mspace indentalign="left" linebreak="newline"/>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation> oz flour (10 g); 3 oz Cheddar cheese (75 g), grated; 1 egg yolk; 1 tablespoon grated Parmesan cheese; cook at 180°C (350°F)’), and a weather warning (‘August temperatures: 35–38°C (95–100°F)’.</Paragraph></Description>
                </Figure>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> Fahrenheit is still used in the USA.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Here are some temperatures in Celsius and Fahrenheit:</Paragraph>
                <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Celsius</th>
                            <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>–18</td>
                            <td>0</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>0</td>
                            <td>32</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>10</td>
                            <td>50</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>20</td>
                            <td>68</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>30</td>
                            <td>86</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>40</td>
                            <td>104</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>50</td>
                            <td>122</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>Take a look at the example below for comparing temperatures.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Safe storage</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>You have instructions with chemicals sent from the USA that they must be stored at between 50 and 70°F. The thermometer on the storage tank shows the temperature in degrees Celsius.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="a727af8b" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 46 Using a thermometer in safe storage</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 10°C and 15°C, and the temperature is level with the third mark.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Are the chemicals stored safely?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Looking at the temperature comparison chart, 13°C falls in the following range:</Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>10°C = 50°F</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>20°C = 68°F</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>13°C falls between 10°C and 20°C, meaning that it is also in the range between 50°F and 68°F. The chemicals are stored safely.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 20: Celsius and Fahrenheit</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A recipe for meringue says you must cook it at 150°C. Your cooker shows temperatures in Fahrenheit. What should you set it to? (Use the conversion chart below to help you.)</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Celsius</th>
                                    <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>100</td>
                                    <td>212</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>150</td>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>200</td>
                                    <td>392</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>250</td>
                                    <td>482</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>300</td>
                                    <td>572</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>350</td>
                                    <td>662</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <NumberedList start="2">
                            <ListItem>The thermometer on an old freezer shows the temperature in degrees Fahrenheit.<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="fa82ecc5" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 47 Converting temperatures on old thermometers</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer and a bag of frozen peas. The temperature is level with 1°F.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>A pack of food has a warning that it must be stored between –12°C and –25°C. Is the food stored safely? (Use the conversion chart below to help you.)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Celsius</th>
                                    <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–30</td>
                                    <td>–22</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–20</td>
                                    <td>–4</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–15</td>
                                    <td>5</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–10</td>
                                    <td>14</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>–5</td>
                                    <td>23</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>32</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>10</td>
                                    <td>50</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>A machine must be turned off if the temperature rises above 600°F. Using a Celsius thermometer, you find out that the temperature of the machine is:<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s2_5-2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s2/bltl_m1_s2_5-2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="f28f9bd8" x_contenthash="7a40ad4a" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s2_5-2e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/><Caption>Figure 48 A thermometer</Caption><Description>An illustration of a thermometer. There are four marks between 300°C and 400°C, and the temperature is halfway between the third and fourth mark.</Description></Figure><Paragraph>Is it safe to leave it turned on? (Use the conversion chart below to help you.)</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Table class="normal" style="topbottomrules">
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Celsius</th>
                                    <th>Fahrenheit</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>0</td>
                                    <td>32</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>50</td>
                                    <td>122</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>100</td>
                                    <td>212</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>150</td>
                                    <td>302</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>200</td>
                                    <td>392</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>250</td>
                                    <td>482</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>300</td>
                                    <td>572</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>350</td>
                                    <td>662</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>400</td>
                                    <td>752</td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>You will see on the conversion chart that 150°C is equivalent to 302°F. The oven would not be marked this accurately, so you should set it to 300°F.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The thermometer shows 2°F, which you need to find the Celsius equivalent of. Five degrees Fahrenheit is –15°C; –4°F is –20°C. The temperature is between –15°C and –20°C, so the food is stored safely.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>You need to find 600°F on the chart. You will see that 300°C is 572°F, and that 350°C is more than 600°F. The temperature on the dial is even higher than this, at 370°C. The machine is therefore not safe and must be switched off.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have identified and practised:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>how to solve problems requiring calculation incorporating temperature</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>the correct way to read temperature and the difference between the units used.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Activity>
                    <Heading><EditorComment>{Quiz}</EditorComment></Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Now that you have had a look at various forms of weights and measures have a go at the quiz and see what mark you get. This will enable you to see how much you have learnt and the areas that you need to develop.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem>Marie has a bookcase 95 cm long. She buys a 45cm extension for it. How long is it now?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Pete is making curtains. He sews three pieces of material together that measure 125 cm, 75 cm and 105 cm. How long is it altogether?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>My flower bed is 88 cm long. I want to make it half as long again. How long is it now?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Christine works in a bakery. She uses 5 kg of flour, 2 kg of fat and 1 kg 500 g of sugar in a cake mixture. What are these weights in grams?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>She divides the mixture into five tins. How much of each ingredient will be in each tin?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Helen's newborn twin boys weigh 3 kg 550 g and 3 kg 25 g. What is this in grams?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>They are weighed again a month later. One weighs 4 kg 145 g, the other weighs 3 kg 905 g. What is the difference between them in grams?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Niamh drinks 2.5 litres of water in a day.<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>What is this in millilitres?</SubListItem><SubListItem>How much water will she drink in seven days?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Kirsty squeezes oranges to get 1.5 litres of fresh juice.<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>What is this in millilitres?</SubListItem><SubListItem>If she splits the juice into five cups, what will each one contain?</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>One bottle of wine holds 750ml. What is the capacity of five bottles in (a) ml, and (b) litres?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem>95 + 45 =140 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>125 + 75 + 105 = 305 cm</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>88 ÷ 2 = 44<Paragraph>88 + 44 = 132 cm</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>5 × 1,000 = 5,000 g<Paragraph>2 × 1,000 = 2,000 g</Paragraph><Paragraph>1 × 1,000 = 1,000 g</Paragraph><Paragraph>5,000 + 2,000 + 1,000 + 500 = 8,500 g</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>8,500 ÷ 5 = 1,700 g in each tin</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>3 x 1,000 = 3,000<Paragraph>3,550 + 3,025 = 6,575 g</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>4,145 + 3,905 = 8,050<Paragraph>8,050 – 6,575 = 1,475 g difference</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>(a) 2.5 × 1,000 = 2,500 ml</Paragraph><Paragraph>(b) 2,500 × 7 = 17,500 ml, or 17.5 litres</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>(a) 1.5 × 1,000 = 1,500 ml</Paragraph><Paragraph>(b) 1,500 ÷ 5 = 300 ml</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>3,750 ml</SubListItem><SubListItem>3,750 ÷ 1,000 = 3.75 litres</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>Now you have completed the quiz, if you did not get all of the questions correct please identify your gaps in knowledge and have another go.</Paragraph>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1525">
            <Title>6 Time</Title>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1817">
                <Title>6.1 Dates</Title>
                <Paragraph>Dates are often written in numbers. In the UK we always put the number first, followed by the month and finally the year.</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th/>
                            <th>Month</th>
                            <th>Abbreviated form</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>1</td>
                            <td>January</td>
                            <td>Jan</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>2</td>
                            <td>February</td>
                            <td>Feb</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>3</td>
                            <td>March</td>
                            <td>Mar</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td>April</td>
                            <td>Apr</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>5</td>
                            <td>May</td>
                            <td>May</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>June</td>
                            <td>Jun</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>7</td>
                            <td>July</td>
                            <td>Jul</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>8</td>
                            <td>August</td>
                            <td>Aug</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>9</td>
                            <td>September</td>
                            <td>Sep</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>10</td>
                            <td>October</td>
                            <td>Oct</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>11</td>
                            <td>November</td>
                            <td>Nov</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>12</td>
                            <td>December</td>
                            <td>Dec</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Examples</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>12th October 1981 could be written as 12.10.81</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>17th May 2024 could be written as 17/May/2024</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 21: dates on a form</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>You are completing a form where the date is requested in the format DD/MM/YYYY. If you were born on the 19th February 1985, we write this as 19/02/1985.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>The 5th November 1995 could be written as 05/11/1995.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Using this format:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>Write the date of birth 12th August 2011</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Write your date of birth.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>12th August 2011 can be written as 12/08/2011. (The second answer depends on your date of birth.)</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Units of time</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Find below the most frequently used units of time. </Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead>Units of time</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>60 seconds</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 minute</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>60 minutes</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 hour</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>24 hours</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 day</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7 days</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 week</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>12 months</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 year</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>52 weeks</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 year</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>365 days</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 year</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>366 days</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1 leap year (1 extra day)</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>1 decade</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>10 years</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>1 century</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>100 years</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>1 millennium</td>
                                <td> = </td>
                                <td>1000 years</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>From the table we can see that 1 minute has 60 seconds, 1 hour has 60 minutes, 1 day has 24 hours and so on. A year has 365 days except every fourth year (leap year) we have an additional day in February (29th February).</Paragraph>
                    <Activity>
                        <Heading>Celebrations and original dates</Heading>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Some events happen every year, e.g. birthday, anniversary. Other events happen less frequently, e.g. Olympics, FIFA World Cup. Some events celebrate a particular number of years from an original date.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Work out the original date for the following events:</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Celebration</th>
                                        <th>Date of celebration</th>
                                        <th>Original date</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Decade (10 years)</td>
                                        <td>4 June 2007</td>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>21st birthday</td>
                                        <td>11 November 2000</td>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Millennium (1000 years)</td>
                                        <td>1st January 2000</td>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Retirement (45 years)</td>
                                        <td>September 2008</td>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Centenary (100 years)</td>
                                        <td>17 September 2004</td>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Diamond Jubilee (60 years)</td>
                                        <td>June 2004</td>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph><b>Answers:</b></Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Celebration</th>
                                        <th>Date of celebration</th>
                                        <th>Original date</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Decade (10 years)</td>
                                        <td>4 June 2007</td>
                                        <td>4 June 1997</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>21st birthday</td>
                                        <td>11 November 2000</td>
                                        <td>11 November 1979</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Millennium (1000 years)</td>
                                        <td>1st January 2000</td>
                                        <td>1st January 1000</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Retirement (45 years)</td>
                                        <td>September 2008</td>
                                        <td>September 1963</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Centenary (100 years)</td>
                                        <td>17 September 2004</td>
                                        <td>17 September 1904</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Diamond Jubilee (60 years)</td>
                                        <td>June 2004</td>
                                        <td>June 1944</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                        </Answer>
                    </Activity>
                </CaseStudy>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm2011">
                <Title>6.2 Clocks</Title>
                <Paragraph>What’s the difference between the 12-hour clock and the 24-hour clock?</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>12-hour clock</th>
                            <th>24-hour clock</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td><Paragraph>The hours go from 12 to 12, twice a day</Paragraph><Paragraph>You must use ‘a.m.’ or ‘p.m.’: ‘a.m.’ means ‘before noon’ and ‘p.m.’ means ‘after noon’</Paragraph></td>
                            <td><Paragraph>The hours go from 0 to 23</Paragraph><Paragraph>Time is always shown in four digits</Paragraph><Paragraph>You do not use ‘a.m.’ or ‘p.m.’</Paragraph><Paragraph>Commonly used in timetables, mobile phones and computers</Paragraph></td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting times before noon</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>It is easy to change from the 12-hour clock to the 24-hour clock for times before noon (or times ending ‘a.m.’). So for example, ‘4:25 a.m.’ would be written as ‘04:25’. ‘11:35 a.m.’ would be ‘11:35’.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>(Note that many timetables don’t show the colon in the 24-hour clock, so these times would be shown as ‘0425’ or ‘1135’.)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>How would you write a quarter to eight in the morning as a 24-hour clock time?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>Fifteen minutes before eight o’clock is the same as 45 minutes past 7, so it is written as 07:45.</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>To change from the 12-hour clock to 24-hour clock for times after noon (ending ‘p.m.’), you
usually need to add 12 hours.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Converting times after noon</Heading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>How would you express 8:15 p.m. using the 24-hour clock?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How would you write quarter to eight in the evening as a 24-hour clock time?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>You need to add 12 hours:
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="adb9ef52" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_1.png" x_imagewidth="172" x_imageheight="105"/>
<Description>Calculating 8:15 + 12:00.</Description>
</Figure>
<Paragraph>So 8:15 p.m. is 20:15 in a 24-hour clock.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You add 12 hours:
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="d8367717" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess6_fig1_2.png" x_imagewidth="171" x_imageheight="105"/>
<Description>Calculating 7:45 + 12:00.</Description>
</Figure>
<Paragraph>So 7:45 p.m. is 19:45 in a 24-hour clock.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Take care with times with the hour of 12. So quarter past midnight, or 12:15 a.m. is 00:15 in a 24-hour clock. Likewise quarter past midday, or 12:15 p.m., is 12:15 in a 24-hour clock.</Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 22: The 24-hour clock</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_act18_fig1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/provided%20to%20welsh%20team%20-%20English%20version/assets/s2/outputs/bltl_wales_maths_sess6_act18_fig1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="33c5fc65" x_contenthash="3298643e" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess6_act18_fig1.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="342"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 49 A clock face</Caption>
                        </Figure>
                        <Paragraph>Express the following times in the 24-hour clock. Remember, for <i>some</i> of the times you will need to use the method of adding on 12 hours to convert the time intothe  24-hour format. You could use Figure 49 to help you count on 12 hours.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>8:15 a.m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>2:50 p.m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>5:40 a.m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>9:22 p.m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Ten to ten in the morning</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Five past six in the evening</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>08:15</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>14:50</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>05:40</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>21:22</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>09:50</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>18:05</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1595">
                <Title>6.3 Calculate time difference</Title>
                <Paragraph>You may need to work out differences in time, e.g. to work out the length of a TV programme or journey time.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>There are different ways to work out the difference in time. One of the easiest ways is to use the adding on method.</Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: Time difference by adding on</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>How long is it from 08:45 to 10:30?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The start time is 08:45.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The number of minutes between 08:45 and the start of the next hour, 09:00, is 15 minutes.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The number of hours between 09:00 and 10:00 is one hour.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The number of minutes between 10:00 and 10:30 is 30 minutes.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the time between 08:45 to 10:30 is: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>15 minutes + 30 minutes + 1 hour = 1 hour 45 minutes</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 23: Time difference</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>What is the length of time between the following times?</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>03:55 to 06:35</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>09:45 to 12:15</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>08:26 to 10:14</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>7:55 a.m. to 1:10 p.m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Midday to 15:50</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>3:15 am to midnight</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The start time is 03:55.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 03:55 and the start of the next hour, 04:00, is 5 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of hours between 04:00 and 06:00 is two hours.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 06:00 and 06:35 is 35 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the time between 03:55 to 06:35 is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 minutes + 35 minutes + 2 hours = 2 hours 40 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The start time is 09:45.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 09:45 and the start of the next hour, 10:00, is 15 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of hours between 10:00 and 12:00 is two hours.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The number of minutes between 12:00 and 12:15 is 15 minutes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the time between 09:45 to 12:15 is:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>15 minutes + 15 minutes + 2 hours = 2 hours 30 minutes</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>Following the same method, you should have these answers for the other questions:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList start="3">
                            <ListItem>1 hour 48 minutes</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>5 hours 15 minutes</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>3 hours 50 minutes</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>20 hours 45 minutes</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                        <Paragraph>You should now be feeling comfortable with calculations involving time and timetables. Before you move on to looking at problems that involve average speed, it is worth taking a brief look at time conversions. Since you are already confident with converting units of measure, this part will just consist of a brief activity so that you can practice converting units of time. </Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm2132">
                <Title>6.4 Converting units of time</Title>
                <Paragraph>You can see from the diagram below that to convert units of time you can use a very similar method to the one you used when converting other units of measure. There is one slight difference when working with time however. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_level2_9.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L2/assets/01/Artwork/BLTL%20Maths%20Level%202_session2/1x/bltl_maths_level2_9.png" x_folderhash="8219e4c0" x_contenthash="862018fa" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_level2_9.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="169"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 50 A conversion chart for time</Caption>
                    <Description>A conversion chart for time. 
                        weeks × 7 for days; days ÷ 7 for weeks
                        days × 24 for hours; hours ÷ 24 for days
                        hours × 60 for minutes; minutes ÷ 60 for hours
                        minutes × 60 for seconds; seconds ÷ 60 for minutes.
                    </Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Let’s say you want to work out how long 245 minutes is in hours. The diagram above shows that you should do 245 ÷ 60 = 4.083. This is not a particularly helpful answer since you really want the answer in the format of: ___ hours __ minutes. Due to the fact that time does not work in 10s, you need to do a little more work once arriving at your answer of 4.083.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The answer is obviously 4 hours and an amount of minutes. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>4 hours then is 4 × 60 = 240 minutes. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Since you wanted to know how long 245 minutes is you just do 245 – 240 = 5 minutes left over. So 245 minutes is 4 hours and 5 minutes.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>It’s a very similar process if you want to go from say minutes to seconds. Let’s take it you want to know how long 5 minutes and 17 seconds is in seconds. 5 minutes would be 5 × 60 = 300 seconds. You then have a further 17 seconds to add on so you do 300 + 17 = 317 seconds.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Have a go at the activity below to make sure you feel confident with converting times.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 24: Converting times</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Convert the following times:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem>6 hours and 35 minutes = ___ minutes.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>85 minutes = ____ hours and ____ minutes.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>153 seconds = ____ minutes and ___ seconds.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>46 days = ___ weeks and ____days.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>3 minutes and 40 seconds = ____ seconds.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList class="decimal">
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>6 hours = 6 × 60 = 360 minutes</Paragraph><Paragraph>360 minutes + 35 minutes = 395 minutes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>85 minutes ÷ 60 = 1.417 (rounded to three d.p)</Paragraph><Paragraph>1 hour = 60 minutes.</Paragraph><Paragraph>85 minutes − 60 minutes = 25 minutes remaining</Paragraph><Paragraph>So 85 minutes = 1 hour and 25 minutes</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>153 seconds ÷ 60 = 2.55</Paragraph><Paragraph>2 minutes = 2 × 60 = 120 seconds</Paragraph><Paragraph>153 seconds − 120 seconds = 33 seconds remaining</Paragraph><Paragraph>So 153 seconds = 2 minutes and 33 seconds</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>46 days ÷ 7 = 6.571 (rounded to three d.p)</Paragraph><Paragraph>6 weeks = 6 × 7 = 42 days</Paragraph><Paragraph>46 days − 42 days = 4 days remaining</Paragraph><Paragraph>So 46 days = 6 weeks and 4 days</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>3 minutes = 3 × 60 = 180 seconds</Paragraph><Paragraph>180 seconds + 40 seconds = 220 seconds</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1646">
            <Title>7 Session 2 quiz</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now it’s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/mod/oucontent/olink.php?id=147664&amp;targetdoc=Session+2+practice+quiz">Session 2 quiz</a>.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding ctrl [or cmd on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1652">
            <Title>8 Session 2 summary</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have now completed Session 2, ‘Units of measure’. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer to this section of the course and retry the activities.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You should now be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>solve problems requiring calculation with common measures, including time, length, weight, capacity and temperature</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>convert units of measure in the same system</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>calculate distance between towns and cities using a distance chart.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>All of the skills listed above will help you with tasks in everyday life, such as measuring for new furniture or redesigning a room or garden. These are essential skills that will help you progress through your employment and education.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 3.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
    </Unit>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID><!--leave blank--></UnitID>
        <UnitTitle>Session 3: Shape and space</UnitTitle>
        <!--<Session><Title>7 End-of-course summary/next steps etc.</Title>
<Paragraph><EditorComment>Summary of everything that they've learnt in the course</EditorComment></Paragraph>
</Session>-->
        <Session id="nonumber-idm74">
            <Title>1 Shapes</Title>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm76">
                <Title>1.1 Polygons</Title>
                <Paragraph>A polygon is simply a general term for a shape with straight sides.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 1: Identifying polygons</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Which of the following shapes are polygons?</Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig1.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig1.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="00666e78" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 1 Six shapes</Caption>
                            <Description>Six illustrations of sides, labelled (a) to (f). Shapes (a), (c), (d) and (e) have straight sides; shapes (b) and (f) have curved sides.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>Shapes (a), (c), (d) and (e) are polygons. Shapes (b) and (f) are not polygons because they have curved sides.</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>A regular polygon is a shape with sides that are the same length and angles that are all the same size.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>A polygon with six sides is a hexagon. The shapes in Figure 2 are both hexagons, but only one is a regular hexagon. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig2.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig2.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="132e904a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig2.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="154"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 2 Two hexagons</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of two hexagons. One is a regular polygon because its sides are the same length and its angles are all the same size.</Description>
                </Figure>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm95">
                <Title>1.2 Angles</Title>
                <Paragraph>An angle is formed where two straight lines (or sides) meet. Angles are measured in degrees, which is shown by using the symbol ° after the number of degrees. So for example, 45° means an angle of 45 degrees.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> Do not confuse these with degrees Celsius, centigrade or Fahrenheit, which are used to measure temperature.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>There are 360° in a circle. There are 180° in a half-turn – that is, from north to south on a compass, or from 9 to 3 on a clock.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>An angle of 90° is a quarter-turn – from north to east on a compass, or from 12 to 3 on a clock. These angles are also known as right angles. Right angles are shown like this: </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig3.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig3.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="de9cbeb9" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig3.png" x_imagewidth="185" x_imageheight="158"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 3 A right angle</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a right angle – that is, an angle of 90°.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Right angles are very common in everyday life. Look around you and see how many you can spot.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Here are a few examples of where you might have noticed a right angle:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>the corners of your screen (a corner is where two lines meet)</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>corners of windows</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>the corners of a book page</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>where the walls meet the floor</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>where the table legs meet the top.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>Angles of less than 90° are called acute angles. Angles of more than 90° are called obtuse angles.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 2: Angles</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Which angles in Figure 4 are right angles, acute angles or obtuse angles?</Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig4.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig4.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="84a2c889" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig4.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 4 Angles</Caption>
                            <Description>Six illustrations of angles, labelled (a) to (f). Angles (a) and (f) are greater than 90°; angles (b) and (d) are less than 90°; angles (c) and (e) are exactly 90°.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>Angles (a) and (f) are obtuse angles (greater than 90°).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Angles (b) and (d) are acute angles (less than 90°).</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Angles (c) and (e) are right angles (exactly 90°).</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm128">
                <Title>1.3 2D and 3D shapes</Title>
                <Paragraph>‘2D’, or ‘two-dimensional’, simply means that the shape is flat. We can draw 2D shapes on paper. Common examples are shown in Figure 5.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig5.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig5.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="c101035a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig5.png" x_imagewidth="352" x_imageheight="391"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 5 2D shapes</Caption>
                    <Description>Six illustrations of 2D shapes: a circle, square, rectangle, pentagon, triangle and hexagon.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>A ‘3D’ (‘three-dimensional’) shape is a solid shape. It has three dimensions, that is, length, width and depth. An easy way of thinking about the difference between a 2D and a 3D shape is to think ‘If I shone a torch on the shape, would it have a shadow?’ 3D shapes cast a shadow but 2D shapes don’t.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Obviously the screen that you’re reading this on is 2D, so 3D shapes are represented using shading.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig6.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig6.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="d7ce167f" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig6.png" x_imagewidth="351" x_imageheight="155"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 6 A 2D and 3D shape</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a circle (2D) and a sphere (3D).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 3: 2D or 3D?</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Say if the following shapes are 2D or 3D:</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Which shapes in Figure 7 are 2D and which are 3D?</Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig7.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig7.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="8b807b39" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig7.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 7 2D and 3D shapes</Caption>
                            <Description>Six illustrations of 2D and 3D shapes.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>Shapes (a), (c) and (e) are 2D.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Shapes (b), (d) and (f) are 3D.</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm153">
                <Title>1.4 Common 3D shapes</Title>
                <Paragraph>You will  be familiar with some common 3D shapes.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig8.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig8.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="8c398a0a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig8.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 8 3D shapes</Caption>
                    <Description>Four illustrations of 3D shapes: cylinder, sphere, cube and cuboid.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Make sure you understand the difference between a cube (3D square) and a cuboid (3D rectangle).</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>Some other 3D shapes that you may come across are shown in Figure 9.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig9.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig9.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="d4b57f6a" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig9.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="315"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 9 3D shapes</Caption>
                    <Description>Four illustrations of 3D shapes: square-based pyramid, triangle-based pyramid, cone and triangualr prism.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Properties of 3D shapes</Heading>
                    <Multipart>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList>
                                    <ListItem>The sides of 3D shapes are known as faces. Complete the following table:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of faces</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l1"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l2"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l3"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l4"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l5"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l6"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l7"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l8"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of faces</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>5</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td>1</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td>3</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td>2</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>4</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td>5</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                                <Paragraph>As well as faces, 3D shapes also have edges and vertices (corners):</Paragraph>
                                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:6x1-_vA-0-s" type="embed" x_manifest="6x1-_vA-0-s_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                        <Part>
                            <Question>
                                <NumberedList start="2">
                                    <ListItem>Complete the following table:</ListItem>
                                </NumberedList>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of edges</th>
                                            <th>Number of vertices</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l9"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l10"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l11"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l12"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l13"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l14"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l15"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l16"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l17"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l18"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l19"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l20"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l21"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l22"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l23"/></td>
                                            <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a4_l24"/></td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                </Table>
                            </Question>
                            <Answer>
                                <Table>
                                    <TableHead/>
                                    <tbody>
                                        <tr>
                                            <th>Shape</th>
                                            <th>Number of edges</th>
                                            <th>Number of vertices</th>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cube</td>
                                            <td>12</td>
                                            <td>8</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Square-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>8</td>
                                            <td>5</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Sphere</td>
                                            <td>0</td>
                                            <td>0</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cylinder</td>
                                            <td>2</td>
                                            <td>0</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cuboid</td>
                                            <td>12</td>
                                            <td>8</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Cone</td>
                                            <td>1</td>
                                            <td>1</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular-based pyramid</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                            <td>4</td>
                                        </tr>
                                        <tr>
                                            <td>Triangular prism</td>
                                            <td>9</td>
                                            <td>6</td>
                                        </tr>
                                    </tbody>
                                    <TableFootnote>A sphere has just one curved face, so it has no edges or vertices.</TableFootnote>
                                </Table>
                            </Answer>
                        </Part>
                    </Multipart>
                </Activity>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm347">
            <Title>2 Symmetry</Title>
            <Paragraph>A 2D symmetrical shape can be folded in half so that both sides are the same. The fold is called a line (or lines) of symmetry. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The shapes in Figure 10 have one line of symmetry.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig10.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig10.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="3c8ba0db" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig10.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                <Caption>Figure 10 One line of symmetry</Caption>
                <Description>Three illustrations of shapes with one line of symmetry.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Some shapes, such as the middle one above, will only have one line of symmetry because of the details included, like the eyes, nose and mouth. However, a circle with no added details has an infinite number of lines of symmetry!</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The shapes in Figure 11 have multiple lines of symmetry.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig11.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig11.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="8d53d733" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig11.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                <Caption>Figure 11 Multiple lines of symmetry</Caption>
                <Description>Three illustrations of shapes with multiple lines of symmetry.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 5: Lines of symmetry</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>How many lines of symmetry in Figure 12 does each of these letters have?</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig12.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig12.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="146d7ad0" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig12.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 12 How many lines of symmetry?</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of the word ‘MATHS’.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig13.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig13.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="fcc4eb6b" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig13.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="193"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 13 Lines of symmetry</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of the word ‘MATHS’, with the lines of symmetry added.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>‘M’, ‘A’ and ‘T’ have one line of symmetry.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>‘H’ has two lines of symmetry.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>‘S’ has no lines of symmetry.</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 6: How many lines of symmetry?</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Sometimes a line of symmetry is called a mirror line, because if you placed a mirror along the line the shape would look the same.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Try writing your name in capital letters and seeing how many lines of symmetry each letter has. You could use a mirror to check your answers.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
            </Activity>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm383">
            <Title>3 Around the edge</Title>
            <Paragraph>When might you need to work out how far it is around a flat shape?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You will need to know how far it is around the edge of a shape when you want to put a border around something, such as a wallpaper border around a room, or a brick wall around a patio. You might have thought of different examples.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The distance around any shape is called the perimeter. You can work out the perimeter by adding up all of the sides. The sides are measured in units of length or distance, such as centimetres, metres or kilometres. When you calculate the perimeter of a shape, you need to make sure that all of the measurements are in the same units, converting if necessary.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="c363f944" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="356"/>
                <Caption>Figure 14 Looking at perimeters</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of an oblong and a right-angled triangle. The sides of both shapes are labelled with measurements. The oblong’s sides are 10 cm, 5 cm, 10 cm and 5 cm (totalling 30 cm), and the triangle’s sides are 4 cm, 5 cm and 3 cm (totalling 12 cm).</Description>
            </Figure>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A length of ribbon</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Have a look at Figure 15 to work out how much decorative ribbon you need to go around each shape.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="d0e0ef02" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="486"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 15 Calculating the length of ribbon</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of an oblong and an equilateral triangle. The sides of both sides are labelled with measurements. The oblong’s sides are 6 cm (×2) and 4 cm (×2), and the triangle’s sides are 5 cm, 5 cm and 5 cm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You need to measure all the sides and add them together.</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Opposite sides of a rectangle are the same length.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <Paragraph>The sides of the rectangular box are:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>6 + 6 + 4 + 4 = 20 cm</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You will need 20 cm of ribbon.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The sides of the triangular box are:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>5 + 5 + 5 = 15 cm</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You will need 15 cm of ribbon.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Lawn edging</Heading>
                <Paragraph>So far when you have been working out the perimeter of a rectangle you have added up all four sides. However, there is a quicker way of calculating the perimeter. You may have recognised that all rectangles have two equal short sides and two equal long sides. Therefore you can then work out the perimeter of a rectangle by using each number twice. </Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>(2 × long side) + (2 × short side) = perimeter</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>The long side is the length. The short side is the width.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>(A square is a type of rectangle where all four sides are the same length. So to find out the perimeter of a square, you need to multiply the length of one side by 4.)</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>How many metres of lawn edging do you need to go around this lawn?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="6edbb308" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 16 A lawn</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration showing a lawn that measures 15 m by 8 m.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>You need to work out twice the width, plus twice the length:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>(2 × 15) + (2 × 8)</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Once you’ve worked these out, it makes the answer to the question easier to get:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>(2 × 15) + (2 × 8) = 30 + 16 = 46 m</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 7: Finding the perimeter</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <!--<NumberedList>
<ListItem/></NumberedList>
                    
                    
<NumberedList start="2"><ListItem>How much tape does the police officer need to close off this crime scene?<Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_1e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1e.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 17 A crime scene</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a crime scene that measures 13 m by 10 m.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem></NumberedList>-->
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>You need to hang bunting around the tennis courts for the local championships. How much bunting do you need? <Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="af1678f2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="282"/><Caption>Figure 17 Four tennis courts</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a row of four tennis courts that measures 40 m by 20 m.</Description>
</Figure></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Jackie wants to put a fence around her vegetable garden. Her garden is rectangular in shape and is 5 metres long by 4 metres wide. What length of fence is needed?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <!--<NumberedList>
<ListItem><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem/></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
<ListItem><Paragraph>The sides of the crime scene are 13 m and 10 m.</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(2 × 10) + (2 × 13) = 20 + 26 = 46</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 46 m of police tape will be needed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
</NumberedList>-->
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The sides of the tennis courts are 20 m and 40 m.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(2 × 20) + (2 × 40) = 40 + 80 = 120</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So 120 m of bunting will be needed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The sides of the garden are 5 m and 4 m.</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>(2 × 5) + (2 × 4) = 10 + 8 = 18</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So 18 m of fencing will be needed.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm454">
                <Title>3.1 Measuring the perimeter of irregular shapes</Title>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: How to measure the perimeter of an irregular shape</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>How would you measure the perimeter of an irregular shape – an L-shaped room, for instance – if you didn’t have all of the measurements that you would  need? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
                    <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/19_ani_irregular_shapes.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="19_ani_irregular_shapes_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="fb5b09d6" x_subtitles="19_ani_irregular_shapes.srt">
                        <Transcript>
                            <Paragraph>Say you needed to find the perimeter of this shape, but two of the measurements are missing. How would you find them out? You can assume that all of the corners are right angles. You need to use the measurements that you do know. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>So if you want to find out the missing side on the right, you know that the left-hand side opposite to this is 12 millimetres long. And there is another measurement on the same side in the middle of the shape that is 7 millimetres long. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The missing length must then be the difference between 7 and 12 millimetres. Here’s a sum to show this: 12 minus 7 equals 5 millimetres. So the answer for the right-hand side is 5 millimetres. You can check this by adding 5 and 7, which makes 12 millimetres, the same as the left-hand side. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>To find out the length at the bottom of the shape, because you know that all of the corners are right angles, you can add together the other two parallel measurements that are given: 15 plus 8 equals 23 millimetres. So the bottom of the shape is 23 millimetres. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Now you know the measurements for all of the shape’s edges, you can measure the perimeter. 12 plus 15 plus 7 plus 8 plus 5 plus 23 equals 70 millimetres. So the perimeter is 70 millimetres. </Paragraph>
                        </Transcript>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/19_ani_irregular_shapes.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/19_ani_irregular_shapes.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="3659716f" x_imagesrc="19_ani_irregular_shapes.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                        </Figure>
                    </MediaContent>
                    <!--                    <Paragraph>Say you needed to find the perimeter of this shape – but two of the measurements are missing! How would you find them out?</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You can assume that all of the corners are right angles.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_1-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1a.png" width="100%"/>
                    </Figure>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>You need to use the measurements that you do know. So if you want to find out the vertical edge on the right-hand side of the shape, you know that the left-hand vertical edge is 12 mm long, and that there is another vertical edge in the middle of the shape that is 7 mm long. Because you can assume that all of the corners are right angles, the missing length must be the difference between 7 and 12 mm.</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>12 – 7 = 5 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So the vertical edge is 5 mm. (You can check this by adding 5 and 7 mm, which makes 12 mm – the same as the left-hand vertical edge.)</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To find out the length of the horizontal edge at the bottom of the shape, because you know that all of the corners are right angles, you can add together the other two horizontal measurements that are given:</Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>15 + 8 = 23 mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>So the horizontal edge is 23 mm.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_1-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1b.png" width="100%"/>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Now you know the measurements for all of the shape’s edges, you can measure the perimeter: </Paragraph>
                    <Extract>
                        <Paragraph>12 + 15 + 7 + 8 + 5 + 23 = 70mm</Paragraph>
                    </Extract>
                    <Paragraph>The perimeter is 70 mm.</Paragraph>-->
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 8: Finding the perimeter</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Note that you can assume that all of the corners in the images in this activity are right angles.</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A gardener decides to lay a new path next to his lily pond. The drawing shows the dimensions of the path. <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_1-1c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="4ad8a046" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1-1c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="407"/><Caption>Figure 18 A pathway</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing an irregular shape. Not all of its horizontal and vertical medges are measured: of those that are, the horizontal edges measure 1.5 m and 15 m, and the vertical edges measure 3 m and 14 m.</Description>
                        </Figure><Paragraph>The gardener decides to paint a white line around the perimeter of the path. What is the perimeter of the path?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>A tourist information centre has a new extension. <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_1-1d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_1-1d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="67a4d02e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_1-1d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="425"/><Caption>Figure 19 A new extension</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing an irregular shape. Not all of its horizontal and vertical medges are measured: of those that are, the horizontal edges measure 1 m, 1 m and 6 m, and the vertical edges measure 2 m and 5 m.</Description>
                        </Figure><Paragraph>The tourist board wants to attach a gold strip around the border of the floor of the building. What is the perimeter of the new extension?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate the missing sides you should have carried out the following calculations:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>14 – 3 = 11</SubListItem><SubListItem>15 – 1.5 = 13.5</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now that you have found the missing sides, you can add them all together:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>15 + 14 + 1.5 + 3 + 13.5 + 11= 58 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate the missing sides you need to carry out the following calculations to calculate the perimeter:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 – 2 = 3</SubListItem><SubListItem>6 – 2 = 4</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Now that you have found the missing sides, you can add them all up together to calculate the perimeter:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>6 + 3 + 3 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 4 = 22 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to work out the perimeter of both simple and irregular shapes.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Summary>
                    <Paragraph>In this topic you have learned how to work out the perimeter of a simple shape.</Paragraph>
                </Summary>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm507">
            <Title>4 Area</Title>
            <Paragraph>Area is the amount of space a flat shape takes up. You need to be able to calculate area if you ever need to order a carpet for your house, buy tiles for a kitchen or bathroom, or calculate how much paint to buy when redecorating. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This patio has paving slabs that are 1 metre square (each side is 1 metre). How many paving slabs are there on the patio?</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_2h.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_m1_s4_2h.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="55b0746c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2h.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="294"/>
                <Caption>Figure 20 Paving slabs</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of three rows of six paving slabs.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Area is measured in ‘square’ units. This means that the area is shown as the number of squares that would cover the surface. So if a patio covered with 18 squares that are 1 metre by 1 metre, the area is 18 square metres.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>(If you count them, you will find there are 18 squares.)</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Smaller areas would be measured in square centimetres. Larger areas can be measured in square kilometres or square miles.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You can work out the area of a rectangle, like the patio above, by multiplying the long side by the short side:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>width × length = area</Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <Paragraph>The patio is:</Paragraph>
            <Extract>
                <Paragraph>6 × 3 = 18 square metres</Paragraph>
            </Extract>
            <Paragraph>‘Square metres’ can also be written ‘sq m’ or ‘m<sup>2</sup>’.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: The area of a table</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Fran sees a rectangular dining table she likes. It measures 2 m by 1.5 m. What is the area of the table?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig15.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig15.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="64641600" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig15.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="351"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 21 A dining table</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a table measuring 2 m long by 1.5 m wide.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To find the area we need to multiply the length of the table by the width:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>2 m × 1.5 m = 3 square metres</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>So the table is 3 m<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 9: Area of a rectangle</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Complete the following table by calculating the missing areas without using a calculator. You will have looked at methods for <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiplying whole numbers and decimals</a> in Session 1. Show your answers in correct square units.</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Area in square units (centimetres, metres, kilometres)</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>80 cm</td>
                                <td>30 cm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l1"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7 m</td>
                                <td>4 m</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l2"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2.5 km</td>
                                <td>2 km</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l3"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>5.5 m</td>
                                <td>2.4 m</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a9_l4"/></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Area in square units (centimetres, metres, kilometres)</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>80 cm</td>
                                <td>30 cm</td>
                                <td>2 400 cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7 m</td>
                                <td>4 m</td>
                                <td>28 m<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2.5 km</td>
                                <td>2 km</td>
                                <td>5 km<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>5.5 m</td>
                                <td>2.4 m</td>
                                <td>13.2 m<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Always use the same units for both sides. Sometimes the length and width of the rectangle will be given in different units. They must be in the same unit before you can calculate area, so you may need to convert one side to the same units as the other side.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: The area of a rug</Heading>
                <Paragraph>How much backing fabric is needed for this rug?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="c7d07610" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="225"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 22 A rug</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration showing a rug that measures 3 m by 90 cm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To find the answer, you need to work out the width multiplied by the length.</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>90 cm × 3 m = area</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>First, you need to convert the width to metres so that both sides are in the same units. 90 cm is the same as 0.9 m, so the calculation is:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>0.9 × 3 = area = 2.7 m<sup>2</sup></ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. You need to carry out the calculations without a calculator, but you can double-check your answers on a calculator if needed. If you need a reminder about how to <a href="http://www.open.edu/openlearncreate/mod/oucontent/view.php?id=144398&amp;section=1.7.1">multiply whole numbers or decimal numbers</a> without a calculator, please look back at Session 1 first.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Remember to check if you need to convert the measurements before calculating the area.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 10: Finding the area</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>How much plastic sheeting do you need to cover this pond for the winter? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="6f11eba9" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="289"/><Caption>Figure 23 A pond</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a pond that measures 4 m by 2.5 m.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>One bag of gravel will cover half a square metre of ground. How many bags do you need to cover this driveway? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_2c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2c.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="f085a973" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2c.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="316"/><Caption>Figure 24 A driveway</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a driveway that measures 8 m by 4 m.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem>
                        <!--<ListItem>This is the floorplan of the first floor of your new home. You want to replace the carpet in Bedroom 3. You can only buy carpet in whole square metres so how many square metres of carpet will you need to buy? <EditorComment>Figure 25 to follow</EditorComment></ListItem>-->
                        <ListItem>A biologist is studying yeast growth. In the sample area shown below in purple the biologist found 80 yeast. What would go in the missing spaces in her recording sheet, as marked with a question mark? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_2d.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2d.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="300dca97" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2d.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="317"/><Caption>Figure 25 A petri dish</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a petri dish with a highlighted section that measures 4 cm by 25 mm.</Description>
                    </Figure> 
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead>Yeast count</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area no. </td>
                                <td>21</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Date</td>
                                <td>17 October</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast count</td>
                                <td>80 </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample dimensions</td>
                                <td>? cm × ? cm</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area</td>
                                <td>? cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast/cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                                <td>?</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="4">
                        <ListItem>How large is this area of forestry land? <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_2e.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2e.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="a99c06d3" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_2e.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="299"/><Caption>Figure 26 A forest</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a forest that measures 4.5 miles by 2 miles.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The plastic sheeting needs to be:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2.5 × 4 = 10 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>First you need to work out the area of the driveway:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>8 × 4 = 32 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>If each bag covers half a square metre, you will need two bags for each square metre:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>32 × 2 = 64 bags</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <!--<ListItem><Paragraph>The room measures 3.7 m long by 3.0 m wide, so:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3.7 × 3.0 = 11.1 square metres</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList> 
<Paragraph>Carpet can only be bought in whole square metres, so you will need to buy 12 m<sup>2</sup> to have enough to cover the whole floor area.</Paragraph></ListItem>-->
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>First you need to change the width to centimetres. 25 mm is the same as 2.5 cm. Then you can work out the area:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2.5 × 4 = 10 cm<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>There are 80 yeast, so the amount of yeast per square centimetre (yeast/cm<sup>2</sup>) is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>80 ÷ 10 = 8 yeast per cm<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>The recording sheet should look like this:</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead>Yeast count</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area no. </td>
                                <td>21</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Date</td>
                                <td>17 October</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast count</td>
                                <td>80 </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample dimensions</td>
                                <td>2.5 cm × 4 cm</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Sample area</td>
                                <td>10 cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yeast/cm<sup>2</sup></td>
                                <td>8</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="4">
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>The area of forestry land is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4.5 × 2 = 9 square miles</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <!--<Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 5: Finding the area of an irregular shape</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The estates manager of a college decides to repaint one of the walls in the reception area. The diagram below shows the dimensions of the wall that needs painting. <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_2f.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2f.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 14 A wall</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a wall that measures 4 m by 2.5 m. It includes a fixed bookcase that measures 2 m by 2 m.</Description>
                    </Figure> <Paragraph>The wall is 4 m long and 2.5 m high and has a large fixed bookcase in the corner. What is the area of the section of the wall that needs painting? </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A charity holds a fundraising fête. A volunteer from the charity designs a game that is played by rolling coins across a table. She marks out two areas labelled ‘WIN!’. <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_2g.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_2g.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 15 ‘Roll a coin!’</Caption>
<Description>An illustration showing a tabletop game at a fête that measures 2.0 m by 1.5 m. It includes two areas labelled ‘WIN!’ that each measure 0.5 m by 0.6 m .</Description>
                    </Figure> <Paragraph>Anyone who rolls a coin into an area labelled ‘WIN!’ will win a prize. But what is the area of the rest of the table?</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>First you need to calculate the area of the whole wall:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 × 2.5 = 10 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then you need to calculate the area of the bookcase:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>2 × 2 = 4 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then subtract the area of the bookcase from the area of the wall:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>10 – 4 = 6 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So the area of the wall that needs painting is 6 m<sup>2</sup>.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate the non-winning area of the table, first you need to calculate the area of the whole table:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1.5 × 2 = 3 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then calculate the area of the ‘WIN!’ areas. One of these is:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>0.6 × 0.5 = 0.3 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>There are two ‘WIN!’ areas, so you need to multiply this by 2:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>0.3 × 2 = 0.6 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>You then subtract the ‘WIN!’ areas from the complete area of the table:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>3 – 0.6 = 2.4 m<sup>2</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So 2.4 m<sup>2</sup> of the table is a non-winning area.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>-->
            <!--<EditorComment>I think question 2 is too confusing. The word ‘shading’ need to be changed.</EditorComment>-->
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to work out the area of a rectangular shape. <!--You have also looked at more complex, compound shapes for calculating area.--></Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Summary>
                <Paragraph>In this topic you have learned how to work out the area of a rectangular shape. You have also looked at more complexed, compound shapes for calculating area.</Paragraph>
            </Summary>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm725">
            <Title>5 Volume</Title>
            <Paragraph>Volume is the measure of the amount of space inside of a solid (3D) object. The volume of a cube or cuboid is  measured by multiplying length by width by height. It is always measured in cubic units, such as mm<sup>3</sup>, cm<sup>3</sup>, m<sup>3</sup>, etc.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Volume of a cuboid</Heading>
                <Paragraph>What is the volume of a box with a length of 8 cm, a width of 4 cm and a height of 2 cm?</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig17.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig17.png" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="67477a35" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig17.png" x_imagewidth="308" x_imageheight="158"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 27 A box</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a box with a length of 8 cm, a width of 4 cm and a height of 2 cm.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>The volume is:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>8 cm × 4 cm × 2 cm</Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>You can also write this as:</Paragraph>
                <Extract>
                    <Paragraph>32 cm (8 cm × 4 cm) × 2 cm = 64 cm<sup>3</sup></Paragraph>
                </Extract>
                <Paragraph>Watch the following clip for some more examples:</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/youtube:M2g3KQ_Uaag" type="embed" x_manifest="M2g3KQ_Uaag_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="da39a3ee"/>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 11: Calculating volume</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Calculate the volumes of the following:</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> As with perimeter and area, you may need to convert to make the units the same.</Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Height</th>
                                <th>Volume</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>6 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>3 m</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l1"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l2"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>36 mm</td>
                                <td>2 cm</td>
                                <td>4 cm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l3"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>9 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>180 cm</td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="a11_l4"/></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>A children’s sandpit is 1 m wide and 1.5 m long. What volume of sand would be needed to fill the sandpit  to a depth of 10 cm? (Note that depth is the same as height but measured in a downward direction.)</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>David has built a log store that measures 2 m × 1 m × 1 m. He wants to order some logs ready for the winter. The local supplier only delivers logs in 1.5 m<sup>3</sup> loads. Will David’s store be big enough to hold one load?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The answer is as follows:</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Length</th>
                                <th>Width</th>
                                <th>Height</th>
                                <th>Volume</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>6 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>3 m</td>
                                <td>36 m<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>10 mm</td>
                                <td>1 000 mm<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>36 mm (convert to 3.6 cm)</td>
                                <td>2 cm</td>
                                <td>4 cm</td>
                                <td>28.8 cm<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>9 m</td>
                                <td>2 m</td>
                                <td>180 cm (convert to 1.8 m)</td>
                                <td>32.4 m<sup>3</sup></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>First you need to convert 10 cm to metres – it’s 0.1 m. Then you can calculate area:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>1 m × 1.5 m × 0.1 m = 0.15 m<sup>3</sup></SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The volume of David’s store is 2 m × 1 m × 1 m = 2 m<sup>3</sup>, so it will be big enough to hold one load of the logs.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have calculated the volume of cubes and cuboids.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>6 Scale drawings</Title>
            <Paragraph>Have you ever drawn a plan of a room in your house to help you work out how to rearrange the furniture? Or maybe you’ve sketched a plan of your garden to help you decide how big a new patio should be?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>These pictures are called scale drawings. The important thing with scale drawings is that everything must be drawn to scale, meaning  that everything must be in proportion – that is, ‘shrunk’ by the same amount.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>All scale drawings must have a scale to tell us how much the drawing has been shrunk by.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: In the garden</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Here is an example of typical scale drawing:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="443cdfda" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="487"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 28 A scale drawing of a garden</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of a garden. It is drawn on square paper (nine squares wide, eight squares tall) and the scale is 1:100. In the top left corner is the vegetable  garden, which is five squares wide and two squares high; in the top right corner is the shed, which is two squares wide and two squares high; in the bottom left corner is the patio, which is five squares wide and three squares high; in the bottom right corner is the flower bed, which is two squares wide and six squares high.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>What’s the width and length of the patio?</Paragraph>
                <Box>
                    <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> This scale drawing has been drawn on squared paper. This makes it easier to draw and understand. Each square is 1 cm wide and 1 cm long. So instead of using a ruler you can just count the squares and this will tell you the measurement in centimetres.</Paragraph>
                </Box>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>The scale in this drawing is 1:100. This means that 1 cm on the scale drawing is equal to 100 cm, or 1 m, in real life. Once we know the scale, we can measure the distances on the drawing.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Using a ruler (or just counting the squares), we find that the patio is 5 cm long and 3 cm wide on the drawing. This means that in real life it is 5 metres long and 3 metres wide. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So when you’re working with scale drawings:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Find out what the scale on the drawing is.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Measure the distance on the drawing using a ruler (or count the number of squares, if that’s an option). The measurements may already be given on the drawing. </ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Multiply the distance you measure by the scale to give the distance in real life.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>If you already know the real-life measurement and need to work out the measurement on the drawing, you divide by the scale.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 12: Getting information from a scale drawing</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <!--<ListItem>A landscaper wants to put a wild area in your garden. She makes a scale plan of the wild area: <Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_3b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3b.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 18 A scale drawing of a wild area of a garden</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of a wild area in a garden. It is labelled 9 cm wide and the scale is 1:50.</Description>
                    </Figure> <Paragraph>What is the length of the longest side of the actual wild area in metres?</Paragraph></ListItem>
<ListItem>Here is a scale drawing showing one disabled parking space in a supermarket car park. The supermarket plans to add two more disabled parking spaces next to the existing one, with no spaces between them. 
<Figure>
                        <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s4\bltl_m1_s4_3c.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3c.png" width="100%"/><Caption>Figure 19 A scale drawing of a car park</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of car parking spaces. A space is labelled 2 cm wide and the scale is 1:125.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>What will be the total actual width of the three disabled parking spaces in metres?</Paragraph>
</ListItem>-->
                    <!--<ListItem>This is a plan of a flat. The scale of the plan is 1 cm to 2 m. It is drawn on squared paper where each square is 1 cm so you can count the squares to work out the distances on the plan. Use the plan to answer these questions.
<Paragraph><EditorComment>Figure 31 to follow</EditorComment></Paragraph>
<Paragraph>In real life:</Paragraph>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What is the length of the living room?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long is the bathroom?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How wide is the bedroom?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long is the hall?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long is the porch?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How long would a path along the length of the bungalow be?
</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>-->
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Let’s stay with this scale drawing of the garden.
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s4/bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="8eba1ba7" x_contenthash="443cdfda" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s4_3a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="487"/><Caption>Figure 29 A scale drawing of a garden</Caption>
<Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of a garden. It is drawn on scale paper and the scale is 1:100. In the top left corner is the vegetable  garden, which is five squares wide and two squares high; in the top right corner is the shed, which is two squares wide and two squares high; in the bottom left corner is the patio, which is five squares wide and three squares high; in the bottom right corner is the flower bed, which is two squares wide and six squares high.</Description></Figure>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>What is the actual width and length of the vegetable garden?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>What is the actual width and length of the flower bed?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>How far is the patio from the vegetable garden in real life?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Say you wanted to put a trampoline between the patio and the vegetable garden. It measures 3 m by 3 m in real life. Is there enough space for it?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Tom is using a scale drawing to plan out a patio he is going to lay. He uses a scale of 1 cm : 50 cm. The patio on his drawing measures 4 cm by 8 cm. What are the dimensions of his actual patio?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Amanda is drawing a plan of the ground floor of her house, using a scale of 1 cm: 2 m. Her actual kitchen measures 5 m by 6 m. What will the measurements be for her kitchen on the plan?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>The vegetable garden is 5 m long and 2 m wide.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The flower bed is 6 m long and 2 m wide.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The patio and vegetable garden are 3 m apart.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The distance between the patio and vegetable garden is 3 m and the trampoline is 3 m wide. So the trampoline would fit in the space, but it would be a bit of a squeeze.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
The scale is 1 cm : 50 cm. There are two measurements to work out, so you need to do one at a time. We will start with the width of 4 cm:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 50 cm</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>4 cm : ? cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You know what the measurement on the drawing is, so you need to multiply to find the real-life measurement:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>4 × 50 = 200 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
You could then convert this measurement into metres. There are 100 cm in 1 metre, you need to divide by 100:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>200 ÷ 100 = 2 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>So the width of the actual patio is 2 m.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>We will now work out the length of the actual patio. The scale is the same:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 50 cm</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8 cm : ? cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Again, you know the measurement on the drawing, so you need to multiply to find the real-life measurement:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>8 × 50 = 400 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Again, we can divide this measurement by 100 to express it in metres:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>400 ÷ 100 = 4 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So the length of the actual patio is 4 m.
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>
The scale is 1 cm : 2 m. There are two measurements to work out, so you need to do one at a time. We will start with the width of 5 m:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 2 m</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>? cm : 5 m </SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
As you know the real measurement, you need to divide to find the plan measurement:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>5 ÷ 2 = 2.5 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
We will now work out the length. The scale is the same:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>1 cm : 2 m</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>? cm : 6 m</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
Again, we need to work out the plan measurement, so we need to divide:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>6 ÷ 2 = 3 cm</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
So on the plan, her kitchen will measure 2.5 cm by 3 cm. 
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use scale drawings.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm919">
            <Title>7 Maps</Title>
            <Paragraph>A map gives you a detailed drawing of a place. They are used to find out how to get from one place to another. They use a scale that lets you calculate the actual distance from one place to the other.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you look in a holiday brochure you will see lots of maps. They are often used to show how a resort is laid out. They show where a few important places are, such as local shops, hotels, the beach, swimming pools and restaurants.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>It is important to understand how to read a map so that you do not end up too far from the places you want to be near – or too close to the places you want to avoid!</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Holiday map</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Here is a typical example of a map you find in a holiday brochure.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="e9488fcc" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="533"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 30 A scale drawing of a holiday resort</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of El Sunno resort. It is drawn on square paper (10×10) and the scale is 1:1 000. There are various attractions included on the map (the beach, Hotel Party, Grooves Nightclub, Beach Bistro, a pub, Super Shop and Hotel Sun). There are also crosses  to mark entrances to buildings. The x,y coordinates of the entrances are as follows: the beach (2,8), Grooves Nightclub (8,8), Beach Bistro (5,5), a pub (6,6), Super Shop (5,3) and Hotel Sun (6,2).</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>How far apart is everything on this map? Each square measures 1 cm on the map. </Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>As with scale drawings, the thing you need to know before you can understand the map is the scale and how to read it. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This means that for every 1 cm square on the map there are 10 metres (10 m) in real life.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Using the scale, you can interpret the data on the map and work out how far different places are from one another.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>To do this you need to measure the distances on the map and then multiply the distances in centimetres by 10 to get the actual distance in metres.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So on this map the Grooves Nightclub is 1 cm from Hotel Party. In real life that’s 10 m – not very far at all. Knowing this could affect whether you choose to stay at Hotel Party, depending on whether you like nightclubs or not.</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 13: Using a map to find distances</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Let’s stay with the map of the holiday resort.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" src_uri="//dog.open.ac.uk/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing learning to life/Maths L1 for Wales/assets/s3/Output/bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="16915703" x_contenthash="e9488fcc" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_sess1_fig19.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="533"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 31 A scale drawing of a holiday resort</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a scale drawing of El Sunno resort. It is drawn on square paper (10×10) and the scale is 1:1 000. There are various attractions included on the map (the beach, Hotel Party, Grooves Nightclub, Beach Bistro, a pub, Super Shop and Hotel Sun). There are also crosses  to mark entrances to buildings. The x,y coordinates of the entrances are as follows: the beach (2,8), Grooves Nightclub (8,8), Beach Bistro (5,5), a pub (6,6), Super Shop (5,3) and Hotel Sun (6,2).</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> The entrances to the buildings are marked with crosses on the map. You need to measure from these crosses. </Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>What is the distance in real life between the pub and Hotel Sun in metres?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>How far is it in real life from the Super Shop to the Beach Bistro in metres?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>What is the distance in real life from Grooves Nightclub to the beach in metres?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Paragraph>Now try these:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList start="4">
                        <ListItem>A map has a scale of 1 cm to 5 km. On the map, the distance between two towns measures 6 cm. What is the actual distance between the two towns? Remember to show the units in your answer.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>A scale is given as 1 cm to 2 km. When measured on a map, the distance from the college to the bus station is 4.5 cm. What is the actual distance?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
<Paragraph>The distance on the map between the pub and Hotel Sun is 4 cm, and the scale is 1 cm : 10 m. Because you need to work out the real measurement, you need to multiply the map measurement by 10:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<SubListItem>4 cm × 10 = 40</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>The actual distance in real life between the pub and Hotel Sun is 40 m.</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance on the map is 2 cm. Using the same calculation, the actual distance in real life between the Super Shop and the Beach Bistro is 20 m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The distance on the map is 6 cm. Using the same calculation, the actual distance in real life between Grooves nightclub and the beach is 60 m.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The scale is 1 cm to 5 km. The distance on the map is 6 cm, so multiply 6 × 5 km to give an answer of 30 km.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The scale is 1 cm to 2 km. The distance on the map is 4.5 cm, so multiply 4.5 × 2 km to give an answer of 9 km.
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned how to use maps.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm972">
            <Title>8 End-of-course quiz</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now it’s time to review your learning in the end-of-session quiz.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/mod/oucontent/olink.php?id=147666&amp;targetdoc=Session+3+practice+quiz">Session 3 quiz</a>.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab (by holding down the ‘Ctrl’ key [or ‘Cmd’ on a Mac] when you click the link), then return here when you have done it.</Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>Now it’s time to complete <olink targetdoc="Session 4 compulsory badge quiz">the end-of-course quiz</olink>. It’s similar to previous quizzes, but in this one there will be 15 questions.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab then come back here when you’re done.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Remember, this quiz counts towards your badge. If you’re not successful the first time, you can attempt the quiz again in 24 hours.</Paragraph>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm978">
            <Title>9 Session 3 summary</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have now completed Session 3, ‘Shape and space’. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You should now be able to: </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>work out the perimeter of your garden for fencing</ListItem>
                <ListItem>find out how much carpet you need to re-carpet a room or floor</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out how much gravel you need to cover a driveway</ListItem>
                <ListItem>work out the volume of a sandpit or storage room</ListItem>
                <ListItem>use a simple scale on a plan of a garden or holiday resort</ListItem>
                <ListItem>read maps to calculate distances from one place to another.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <!--<Paragraph>Throughout this session you have looked at:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>shape identities</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>area and perimeter</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>scale drawings</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>basic map reading.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>-->
            <Paragraph>All of the skills above will help you with tasks in everyday life. Whether you are at home or at work, number skills are an essential skill to have.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 4.</Paragraph>
            <!--            <Paragraph>Now try the end-of-course quiz to test your learning of the entire course and hopefully gain your badge. Good luck!</Paragraph> 
<Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 4, ‘Handling data’.</Paragraph>
-->
            <!--<Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 2, ‘Units of measure’.</Paragraph>-->
            <!--<Paragraph>All of the skills that you have learnt will help you with everyday activities such as:</Paragraph>-->
        </Session>
    </Unit>
    <Unit>
        <UnitID><!--leave blank--></UnitID>
        <UnitTitle>Session 4: Handling data</UnitTitle>
        <!--<Session>
            <Title>{End of unit assessment questions}</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now that you have finished Session 3, please have a go at the questions below to see what you have learnt.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>1. On Saturday and Sunday the leisure centre pool is open from 8 a.m. to 9 p.m. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The pool attendants measure the temperature of the pool every three hours every day, starting at 8 a.m.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Design a data collection sheet where the pool attendants can record pool temperatures on Saturday and Sunday. </Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>Please take a look at the suggestion to see how your table compares.</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th rowspan="2">Time of day</th>
                                        <th colspan="2">Days of the week/pool temperatures</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Saturday</th>
                                        <th>Sunday </th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>8 a.m. </td>
                                        <td/>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>11 a.m.</td>
                                        <td/>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>2 p.m.</td>
                                        <td/>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>5 p.m.</td>
                                        <td/>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>8 p.m.</td>
                                        <td/>
                                        <td/>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>2. Sean has to talk to the canteen staff about safety in the kitchen. He shows them this pie chart about how accidents happen in the kitchens:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_quiz-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_quiz-1.png" width="100%"/>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>Sean tells the staff, ‘The pie chart shows that a quarter of all accidents in kitchens are caused by faulty equipment.’</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Is this true or false?</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>This is false because a quarter is 25%. The pie chart clearly shows that 30% of accidents were caused by faulty equipment.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>3. Tim is going away for the night and decides to book either the Poppy Hotel or the Holiday Hotel. He counts the number of reviews for these hotels.</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_quiz-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_quiz-2.png" width="100%"/>
                            </Figure>
                            <Paragraph>Use the chart to fill in the missing numbers below. You should write your answers as numbers rather than in words.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>(a) The Holiday Hotel has ______ more ‘excellent’ reviews than the Poppy Hotel.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>(b) The Holiday Hotel has ______ more ‘terrible’ reviews than the Poppy Hotel.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>(a) The Holiday Hotel has 89 ‘excellent’ reviews and the Poppy Hotel has 52.</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>89 – 52 = 37</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>So the Holiday Hotel has 37 more ‘excellent’ reviews than the Poppy Hotel.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>(b) The Holiday Hotel has 51 ‘terrible’ reviews and the Poppy Hotel has 28.</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>51 – 28 = 27</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>So the Holiday Hotel has 23 more ‘terrible’ reviews than the Poppy Hotel.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>4. Each year, Lesley organises a quiz evening to raise money for charity. She needs to make a poster to advertise the quiz evening. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>The table shows the amount of money the quiz evening raised in each of the last six years: </Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Year</th>
                                        <th>Money raised (£)</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>2013</td>
                                        <td>240</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>2014</td>
                                        <td>300</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>2015</td>
                                        <td>280</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>2016</td>
                                        <td>180</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>2017</td>
                                        <td>320</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>2018</td>
                                        <td>270</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <Paragraph>Lesley wants to show the mean amount of money raised on her poster. How much is that? Use the box below to show clearly how to get your answer. </Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>First you need to add up all of the money raised:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>240 + 300 + 280 + 180 + 320 + 270 = 1590</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Then you need to divide your answer by the number of years:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>1590 ÷ 6 = 265</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>So the mean amount of money raised is £265.</Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>5. Asaf owns a café and wants a display about the breakfast foods that he sells. He finds out the following information: </Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Breakfast food</th>
                                        <th>Calories (per portion)</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Egg</td>
                                        <td>66</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Bacon</td>
                                        <td>120</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Sausage</td>
                                        <td>76</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Mushrooms</td>
                                        <td>62</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Toast</td>
                                        <td>84</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <Paragraph>What is the range of the number of calories for breakfast foods?</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>Remember that the range is the highest value minus the lowest value. The bacon has the highest number of calories and the mushrooms contain the least. </Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>Your calculation should look like this: </Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>120 – 62 = 58</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>The range of calories is 58. </Paragraph>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
        </Session>-->
        <Session id="added1727432383_1273">
            <Title>Introduction</Title>
            <Paragraph>You are surrounded by information every day. You’ll often have to analyse different forms of information without realising that you are doing it. This information, or data, could be presented to you in television programmes, newspapers, magazines or timetables, and can be presented in different ways, such as in tables, charts, diagrams or graphs. <a href="https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/election/2022/northern-ireland/results">Election results</a> are often reported using different methods to display the results.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>By the end of this session you will be able to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>collect and record data, and then organize and represent it in different ways</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>find information in tables, diagrams, charts, and understand what it means</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>find the mean and range of a set of numbers</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>use data to assess how likely something is to happen.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <MediaContent type="video" src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_a51_data_1920x1080.mp4" width="1920" height="1080" x_manifest="bltl_a51_data_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="86ddd10c" x_folderhash="86ddd10c" x_contenthash="c486be69">
                <Transcript>
                    <Paragraph>[MUSIC PLAYING]</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Paragraph>Data is around us all the time. In fact, you’re often dealing with different kinds of data without really knowing it. Like when booking a holiday, you may want to find out the average temperature for that time of year before making any major decisions. Or when you’re looking at timetables, to plan a journey and to make sure you arrive at your destination on time.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph/>
                    <Speaker>Data is collected in various ways</Speaker>
                    <Remark>from people with clipboards doing market research, to much more technical methods. In fact, collecting data on the internet has become big business. And the news is often full of data breaches, getting companies into trouble. If you’re going into business yourself, it could be very useful to understand data so you can research who to sell to and put your understanding of handling data to good use.</Remark>
                </Transcript>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_a51_data.png" x_folderhash="ae1548a5" x_contenthash="e849945b" x_imagesrc="bltl_a51_data.png" x_imagewidth="1920" x_imageheight="1080"/>
                </Figure>
            </MediaContent>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm73">
            <Title>1 Collecting data</Title>
            <Paragraph>In the introduction we mentioned the different ways you can display information – for example, in tables, diagrams, charts or graphs. Before you can create any of these, however, you need to collect the information to put in them.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>One way of collecting information is through a survey. Have you ever been stopped in the street by someone doing a survey, or filled one in online? </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You’ll often see surveys by <a href="https://yougov.co.uk/">YouGov</a>, which is one example of a market research and data company, referred to on TV news programmes or in newspapers. YouGov commissions surveys on various topics, including the following (which you may want to open in a new window or tab): </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><a href="https://yougov.co.uk/news/2018/10/22/voting-intention-conservatives-41-labour-36-14-15-/">the public’s voting intention if there was a General Election held tomorrow</a></Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><a href="https://yougov.co.uk/news/2018/10/03/idris-elba-publics-favourite-next-james-bond/">the next actor to play James Bond</a></Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><a href="https://yougov.co.uk/news/2018/10/18/yougov-reveals-extent-britains-addiction-our-phone/">how often we check our mobile phones</a></Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><a href="https://yougov.co.uk/news/2018/10/08/how-should-we-combat-climate-change/">people’s preference for dealing with climate change</a>.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Note from these examples how survey results can be presented in different ways.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>A survey is a method of collecting data. But once you’ve collected the data, it needs to be organised and displayed in a way that’s easy to understand. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>This is something that’s straightforward to do with discrete data – that is, data made up of things that are separate and can be counted. For example: </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>the number of people on a bus</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>the number of cars in a car park</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>the number of leaves on a tree.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>A tally chart is a useful way of collecting information. A tally chart consists of a series of tallies. It works like this:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>For each thing, or unit, that you count – each person on a bus, each car in a car park, each leaf on a tree, or whatever – you make a tally mark like this: </Paragraph><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="b743f3f3" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>When you count up to five units, you ‘cross out’ the other four tally marks like this: </Paragraph><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="496ae84d" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>You then continue to count units in groups of fives, as follows:</Paragraph><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="30b2407b" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 4.</Alternative></InlineFigure> = 4</Paragraph><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="496ae84d" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure> = 5</Paragraph><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="496ae84d" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="b743f3f3" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure> = 6</Paragraph><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="496ae84d" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="496ae84d" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure> = 10</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> You might have heard of something called a tally table. Tally charts and tally tables are the same thing.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 1: Rewriting numbers as tallies</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Write the following numbers in tally form:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList class="decimal">
                        <ListItem>3</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>7</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>9</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>14</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>18</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList class="decimal">
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 3.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="c2f70b4d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_imagewidth="14" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 4.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 4.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 3.</Alternative></InlineFigure></Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Using a tally chart</Heading>
                <Paragraph>You can use tally charts to record data when you carry out surveys and collect data.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Have you ever seen people at the side of a road doing a traffic survey? They could be recording the number of people in each car, and at the end of the survey they could add up the tallies and record the totals. Their tally chart would look something like this:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Number of people in car</th>
                            <th>Number of cars</th>
                            <th>Total number of cars</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>1</td>
                            <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 4.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            <td>4</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>2</td>
                            <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 3.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            <td>3</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>3</td>
                            <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            <td>1</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>4</td>
                            <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="c2f70b4d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_imagewidth="14" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            <td>2</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>5+</td>
                            <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            <td>1</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>So why use tally charts? It’s because they’re a quick and simple way of recording data.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activities. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Tick or cross off each entry as you put it into your tally chart. This will help you stop losing your place.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 2: Creating a tally chart</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Twenty people were asked in a survey how many people lived in their house. These were the answers:</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td>1</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>1</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>1</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td>1</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Use the information in the table above to create your own tally chart of how many people live in a house. Your tally chart should be arranged as follows:</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Number of people in the house</th>
                                <th>Number of responses</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td> </td>
                                <td> </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td> </td>
                                <td> </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td> </td>
                                <td> </td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td> </td>
                                <td> </td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Number of people in the house</th>
                                <th>Number of responses</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>1</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 4.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 3.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>4</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="c2f70b4d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_imagewidth="14" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 3: Creating a tally chart</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>The following information is a record of the colours of cars in a car park one lunchtime: </Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>red </td>
                                <td>yellow </td>
                                <td>red </td>
                                <td>blue </td>
                                <td>white</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>blue </td>
                                <td>black </td>
                                <td>white </td>
                                <td>red </td>
                                <td>green</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>red </td>
                                <td>white </td>
                                <td>green </td>
                                <td>black </td>
                                <td>blue</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>white </td>
                                <td>blue </td>
                                <td>red </td>
                                <td>red </td>
                                <td>black</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Draw a tally chart to present the data.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <!--<EditorComment>JH - The question asks for a tally chart but the answer shows a table with numbers. Should the answer show a tally chart?</EditorComment>-->
                    <Paragraph>Your table should look like this: </Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead>Number of cars with certain colours in a car park one lunchtime</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Colour of car</th>
                                <th>Number of cars</th>
                                <th>Total</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Black</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 3.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>3</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Blue</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 4.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Green</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="c2f70b4d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_imagewidth="14" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>2</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Red</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>6</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>White</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="02fcd770" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-4.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 4.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Yellow</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>1</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Notice how the tally chart has a title. It is important to give every table, graph or chart you produce an overall title.</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how tally charts are used.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm421">
            <Title>2 Handling data</Title>
            <Paragraph>What does handling data mean?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>A dictionary gives the following definitions:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><b>Handle:</b> To use, operate, manage.</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Data:</b> Facts, especially numerical facts, collected together for reference or information.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>So, the phrase ‘handling data’ means being able to read, understand and interpret facts and figures.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You do this every day if you look at bus and train timetables, or diagrams, charts and graphs. All of these show complex information as simply as possible.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In fact, you’re surrounded by mountains of data! If you book a holiday using a brochure, this is full of data that you need to understand. For example:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>tables that show price lists</ListItem>
                <ListItem>maps or diagrams to show where the resort is or the distance to the airport</ListItem>
                <ListItem>charts and graphs to show temperatures and hours of sunshine.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>The brochure may provide all the information you need to compare holidays and pick the one you want. If you can, look through a holiday brochure and see for yourself: the tables, charts, graphs and diagrams make the information easier to understand.</Paragraph>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm438">
                <Title>2.1 Reading tables</Title>
                <Paragraph>Look at the following example from a brochure. Being able to understand the table is important because that will help you to pick the skiing holiday that suits you best. </Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_ski-brochure.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_ski-brochure.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="8428b5e5" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_ski-brochure.jpg" x_imagewidth="720" x_imageheight="508" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1_s3_ski-brochure.small.jpg" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_ski-brochure.small.jpg" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="361"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 1 Which holiday suits you best?</Caption>
                    <Description>A page from a skiing brochure, including a table that lists which features are part of ‘intensive training’, ‘ultimate experience’ or ‘improvement courses’.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <!--<Paragraph><EditorComment>Skiing brochure image</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: The weather</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>If you look in a newspaper, it will probably have a section that tells you the weather forecast. It might even have this information in a table that looks like this: <!--<EditorComment> (Information to follow)</EditorComment>--></Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead>Weather update</TableHead>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Location</th>
                                <th colspan="3">Today</th>
                                <th colspan="3">Tomorrow</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th> </th>
                                <th>Weather</th>
                                <th>Min. temp. <Paragraph>(°C/°F)</Paragraph></th>
                                <th>Max. temp. <Paragraph>(°C/°F)</Paragraph></th>
                                <th>Weather</th>
                                <th>Min. temp. <Paragraph>(°C/°F)</Paragraph></th>
                                <th>Max. temp. <Paragraph>(°C/°F)</Paragraph></th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>South and southwest</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b08f3916" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>22/72</td>
                                <td>27/81</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny-with-showers.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="3c24a3e4" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny-with-showers.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A sun-and-showers icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>16/61</td>
                                <td>21/70</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Midlands</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b08f3916" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>22/72</td>
                                <td>28/82</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b08f3916" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>24/75</td>
                                <td>31/88</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Scotland</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b08f3916" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>20/68</td>
                                <td>24/75</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e1ecf8af" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A lightning icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>19/66</td>
                                <td>21/70</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Wales</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_showers.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="0b9da71e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_showers.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A rain icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>15/59</td>
                                <td>19/66</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e1ecf8af" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A lightning icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>17/63</td>
                                <td>21/70</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Northern Ireland</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e1ecf8af" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A lightning icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>18/64</td>
                                <td>24/75</td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b08f3916" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td>21/70</td>
                                <td>27/81</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <!--                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Location</th>
                            <th>Today</th>
                            <th>Tomorrow</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>South and southwest</td>
                            <td>Sunny</td>
                            <td>Sunny with showers</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Midlands</td>
                            <td>Sunny</td>
                            <td>Sunny</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Scotland</td>
                            <td>Sunny</td>
                            <td>Storms</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Wales</td>
                            <td>Showers</td>
                            <td>Storms</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Northern Ireland</td>
                            <td>Storms</td>
                            <td>Sunny</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>-->
                    <Paragraph>This could have been written out like this: </Paragraph>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The weather today in the south, southwest, Midlands and Scotland will be sunny. In Wales there will be showers and in Northern Ireland there will be storms. Tomorrow it will be sunny, with showers in the south and southwest. It will be sunny in the Midlands and Northern Ireland, and there will be storms in Scotland and Wales.</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Paragraph>Can you see how displaying the information in table form made it easier to understand?</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Tables are made up of rows and columns. Rows are horizontal (that is, they go across the page) and the columns are vertical (up and down).</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_2a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_2a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="1cef77ac" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_2a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="161"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 2 Rows and tables</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration showing examples of rows and columns in a table.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>To make sense of a table you need to have three things:</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList class="decimal">
                    <ListItem><b>A title</b> that tells you what the table is about. In this table the title is ‘Weather update’.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Row headings</b> that tell you what is in each row. In the weather table the row headings are:<BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>South and southwest</SubListItem><SubListItem>Midlands</SubListItem><SubListItem>Scotland</SubListItem><SubListItem>Wales</SubListItem><SubListItem>Northern Ireland</SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    <ListItem><b>Column headings</b> that tell you what is in each column. In the weather table the column headings are:<BulletedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>Location</SubListItem><SubListItem>Today</SubListItem><SubListItem>Tomorrow</SubListItem></BulletedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <Paragraph>Tables can be very big, with many rows and columns – it depends how much information you are displaying.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>For example, in a bus or train station you will see a huge timetable on the wall with many rows and columns. It is supposed to make the data easier to understand, but it is still complicated and easy to get confused. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Timetables often use the 24-hour clock. If you are not familiar with this, please see <a href="https://tinyurl.com/y32ubptd">the section on time in Session 2</a> before you try these activities. </Paragraph>
                <CaseStudy>
                    <Heading>Example: A bus timetable</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>Look at the following page from a bus timetable:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="65480cc8" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable.jpg" x_imagewidth="720" x_imageheight="188" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable.small.jpg" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable.small.jpg" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="133"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 3 A bus timetable</Caption>
                        <Description>A bus timetable.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>Mr Newman would like to catch a bus from Woodgreen Avenue to visit his son in Bridge Street, in Banbury. He would like to get there before 8:45 a.m. What’s the latest bus he can catch to arrive at his son’s house in time?</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>The latest bus he could catch is the 8:21 a.m. bus from Woodgreen Avenue, which would arrive at his son’s house at 8:39 a.m.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>To work this out, you start by looking at which bus arrives at Bridge Street before 8:45 a.m. Following the row across from Bridge Street in the left-hand column, you can see that a bus arrives at 8:39 a.m. (The next bus arrives at 8:51 a.m., which is too late.) You then need to look up this column to find out what time this bus leaves Woodgreen Avenue, which is 8:21 a.m.</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="9b68039f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" x_imagewidth="720" x_imageheight="188" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.small.jpg" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.small.jpg" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="133"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 4 A bus timetable (answer)</Caption>
                        <Description>A bus timetable.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 4: Reading a bus timetable</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Use the same timetable to answer the following question:</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Sian has to attend an interview at The Fairway at 9 a.m. What time should she leave Woodgreen Avenue?</Paragraph>
                        <Box>
                            <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Use the method described in the last activity.</Paragraph>
                        </Box>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>A bus arrives at the Fairway at 8:53 a.m., so Sian would need to catch this bus from Woodgreen Avenue at 8:45 a.m. If she caught the 8:57 a.m. bus from Woodgreen Avenue, she would not get to the Fairway until after 9 a.m. 
</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 5: Reading another bus timetable</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 5 A bus timetable</Caption>
                    <Description>A bus timetable.</Description>
                </Figure>-->
                        <Paragraph>Look at another bus timetable in Figures 5a and 4b, and answer the questions that follow.</Paragraph>
                        <Box>
                            <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Make sure you look at the headings to see the days of the week to which each section of the timetable applies.</Paragraph>
                        </Box>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1w_s04_camoxa.jpg" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_m1w_s04_camoxa.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="9083c988" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s04_camoxa.jpg" x_imagewidth="720" x_imageheight="611" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1w_s04_camoxa.small.jpg" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\bltl_m1w_s04_camoxa.small.jpg" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="434"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 5a A bus timetable</Caption>
                            <Description>A bus timetable.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1w_s04_camoxb.jpg" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\bltl_m1w_s04_camoxb.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="69dfad56" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s04_camoxb.jpg" x_imagewidth="720" x_imageheight="589" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1w_s04_camoxb.small.jpg" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\bltl_m1w_s04_camoxb.small.jpg" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="418"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 5b A bus timetable</Caption>
                            <Description>A bus timetable.</Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>What time does the first bus leave Parkside stop 16 in Cambridge on a Tuesday?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>What time does the last bus leave Madingley Road’s park and ride on a Saturday?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>David wants to meet a friend at Milton Keynes train station on Thursday at 9 a.m. What time should he leave Goldington Green? (<b>Hint:</b> Milton Keynes is shortened to ‘MK’ on the timetable, and train stations are shown using the rail logo in a red circle.)</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>On Monday, Susan arrives at Market Square stop D in St Neots at 10:45 a.m. What time is the next bus to Buckingham High Street, and how long will the journey take?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_bus-timetable-answer.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true"/><Caption>Figure 6 A bus timetable (answer)</Caption>
                    <Description>A bus timetable.</Description>
                </Figure>-->
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The first bus leaves Parkside stop 16 in Cambridge on a Tuesday at 6:10 a.m. (which is written as ‘0610’ on the timetable).</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The last bus leave Madingley Road’s park and ride on a Saturday at 11:15 p.m. (which is written as ‘2315’ on the timetable).</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>He should leave Goldington Green on the 7:37 a.m. bus, which arrives at Milton Keynes at 9 a.m.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph>After 9:05 a.m. on a Monday, buses arrive at the Market Square stop D in St Neots every 30 minutes at five minutes past and 35 minutes past each hour. So if Susan arrives at the stop at 10:45 a.m., the next bus will be at 11:05 a.m.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>The bus arrives at Buckingham High Street at 12:50 p.m. To work this out, follow the minutes column down from the 05 (see timetable below) to the row for Buckingham High Street, where it shows 50 minutes past. However, this does not mean that the bus arrives 45 minutes later. If you look at the stops, you see the bus also stops at 8 minutes past, and then 16, 27, 35 and 45 minutes past; then it goes down to 10 minutes past, and then 20 and 30 minutes past before Susan’s stop at 50 minutes past. If you look at these times, you see that the bus travels for more than an hour, so the journey takes 1 hour and 45 minutes, or 105 minutes. (Another way to check this is to look at the journey times of an earlier bus where all times are shown in full: for example, the bus that arrives at Market Square stop D in St Neots at 9:05 a.m. arrives at Buckingham High Street at 10:50 a.m.)</Paragraph>
<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1w_s04_camoxc.jpg" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\bltl_m1w_s04_camoxc.jpg" width="100%" webthumbnail="true" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="99880b65" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s04_camoxc.jpg" x_imagewidth="720" x_imageheight="324" x_smallsrc="bltl_m1w_s04_camoxc.small.jpg" x_smallfullsrc="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\bltl_m1w_s04_camoxc.small.jpg" x_smallwidth="512" x_smallheight="230"/>
<Caption>Figure 6 A bus timetable (answer)</Caption>
<Description>A bus timetable.</Description>
</Figure>
</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activities. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 6: A trip to the library</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_2b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_2b.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
                        <!--                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Monday: 9:30–12:30</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Tuesday: 12:30–5:30</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Wednesday: 9:30–5:30</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Thursday: 9:30–12:30</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Friday: 9:30–5:30</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Saturday: 9:30–12:30</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Sunday: Closed</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
-->
                        <Paragraph>The local library has the following opening times:</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Day</th>
                                    <th>Opening time</th>
                                    <th>Closing time</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Monday</td>
                                    <td>9:30</td>
                                    <td>12:30</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Tuesday</td>
                                    <td>12:30</td>
                                    <td>5:30</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Wednesday</td>
                                    <td>9:30</td>
                                    <td>5:30</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Thursday</td>
                                    <td>9:30</td>
                                    <td>12:30</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Friday</td>
                                    <td>9:30</td>
                                    <td>5:30</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Saturday</td>
                                    <td>9:30</td>
                                    <td>12:30</td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Sunday</td>
                                    <td><i>Closed</i></td>
                                    <td><i> </i></td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>When is the library open all day?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>When is the library open only in the afternoon?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The library is open all day on Wednesday and Friday.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The library is open only in the afternoon on Tuesday.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Activity>
                    <Heading>Activity 7: The waiter’s shift</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>At the end of his shift a waiter drew up the following table to work out how many drinks he had served:</Paragraph>
                        <Table>
                            <TableHead/>
                            <tbody>
                                <tr>
                                    <th>Drinks</th>
                                    <th>Number served</th>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Tea</td>
                                    <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b026a26f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-1.png" x_imagewidth="9" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 1.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Coffee</td>
                                    <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="c2f70b4d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_imagewidth="14" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Orange juice</td>
                                    <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="c2f70b4d" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-2.png" x_imagewidth="14" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 2.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Hot chocolate</td>
                                    <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="6e7b33a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-3.png" x_imagewidth="19" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 3.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                </tr>
                                <tr>
                                    <td>Coke</td>
                                    <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e263cdde" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_tally-5.png" x_imagewidth="24" x_imageheight="18"/><Alternative>A tally count of 5.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                </tr>
                            </tbody>
                        </Table>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>The table does not have a title. What would be a suitable title?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>What are the row headings and column headings?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How many Cokes did the waiter serve?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How many cold drinks did the waiter serve?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>How many drinks did the waiter serve all together?</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>A suitable title would be something like ‘Drinks served during shift’.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The row headings are ‘Tea’, ‘Coffee’, ‘Orange juice’, ‘Hot chocolate’ and ‘Coke’. The column headings are ‘Drinks’ and ‘Number served’.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The waiter served five Cokes.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The waiter served two orange juices and five Cokes, making seven cold drinks in total.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The waiter served 6 + 7 + 2 + 3 + 5 = 23 drinks in total.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about handling data, and specifically, how to present data in tables.</Paragraph>
                </InternalSection>
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm737">
            <Title>3 Pictograms</Title>
            <Paragraph>One very simple way of showing data is in pictograms, which use pictures to count with. Pictograms have a strong visual impact.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>As with tables, you need to decide on your title and what each row of the pictogram means. You also need to decide on your key. The key tells your reader what the picture you are using means.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The following pictogram shows the number of cars using a car wash at different times during the week:</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_01.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_01.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="7d9a828e" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_01.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="251"/>
                <Caption>Figure 7 Car wash pictogram</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration with a label ‘Sunday afternoon’, with three cars, and ‘Monday afternoon’, with one car. The key is that a picture of a car ‘means one car using the car wash’.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>The important thing to remember with pictograms is that there must be a key to tell the reader what the picture means. In the example above, the picture of one car means one car used the car wash. But in the next example, showing the number of people buying petrol from a garage between 2 and 3 p.m. on a Sunday and Monday afternoon, the key is used differently: </Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_02.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_02.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="c0394ba8" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_02.png" x_imagewidth="511" x_imageheight="254"/>
                <Caption>Figure 8 Petrol pictogram</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration with a label ‘Sunday afternoon’, with one stick figure, and ‘Monday afternoon’, with three stick figures.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <!--            <Paragraph>People buying petrol from a garage</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Sunday afternoon<InlineFigure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png"/></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Monday afternoon<InlineFigure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png"/></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png"/></InlineFigure><InlineFigure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_3.png"/></InlineFigure></Paragraph>
-->
            <Paragraph>Every pictogram needs a key – but this one doesn’t have one! You might think that <!--<InlineFigure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_person-5.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_person-5.png"/><Alternative>A stick figure with a head, two arms and two legs.</Alternative></InlineFigure>--><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_anew.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_anew.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="b95efc2a" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_anew.png" x_imagewidth="50" x_imageheight="50"/><Alternative>An illustration of a petrol pump.</Alternative></InlineFigure> means one person buying petrol.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In fact, <InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_anew.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_anew.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="b95efc2a" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_anew.png" x_imagewidth="50" x_imageheight="50"/><Alternative>An illustration of a petrol pump.</Alternative></InlineFigure> means four people buying petrol and <InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_bnew.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_bnew.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="74a0db7e" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_bnew.png" x_imagewidth="50" x_imageheight="41"/><Alternative>An illustration of three-quarters of a petrol pump.</Alternative></InlineFigure> means three people buying petrol.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 8: Deciphering a key</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Can you work out what <InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_cnew.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_cnew.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="77158908" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_cnew.png" x_imagewidth="50" x_imageheight="24"/><Alternative>An illustration of half of a petrol pump.</Alternative></InlineFigure> and <InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_dnew.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_dnew.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="be788b79" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_dnew.png" x_imagewidth="50" x_imageheight="13"/><Alternative>An illustration of one quarter of a petrol pump.</Alternative></InlineFigure> mean?</Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_cnew.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_cnew.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="77158908" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_cnew.png" x_imagewidth="50" x_imageheight="24"/><Alternative>An illustration of half of a petrol pump.</Alternative></InlineFigure> means two people buying petrol and <InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_dnew.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_dnew.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="be788b79" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_03_dnew.png" x_imagewidth="50" x_imageheight="13"/><Alternative>An illustration of one quarter of a petrol pump.</Alternative></InlineFigure> means one person buying petrol.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the key can be used to show more than one item. This could be done to make the drawing of the pictogram easier when working with bigger numbers.</Paragraph>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>It is important to make sure you understand what the key means so that you can understand the data correctly.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>There are advantages and disadvantages to using pictograms. On the one hand, they are easy to understand. On the other hand, however, they can only show a few things.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 9: Creating a pictogram</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>The following table shows the number of people queueing at a local post office at different times of the day:</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Time</th>
                                <th>Number</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>9 a.m.</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>11 a.m.</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>1 p.m.</td>
                                <td>7</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>3 p.m.</td>
                                <td>1</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>5 p.m.</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Show this information as a pictogram using an appropriate key, for example where an envelope represents two people.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <!--<UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><b>People queueing at a local post office during different times of the day</b><Figure><Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_8.png" width="100%"/></Figure></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>-->
                    <Paragraph>Does your pictogram look like the one below? </Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_9.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_9.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="86925118" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_9.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="601"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 9 Post office pictogram</Caption>
                        <Description>A pictogram showing the information in the previous table, where an envelope means two people queuing at the post office. The label ‘9 a.m.’ has two envelopes; the label ‘11 a.m.’ has one envelope; the label ‘1 p.m.’ has three and a half envelopes; the label ‘3 p.m.’ has half an envelope; and the label ‘5 p.m.’ has one and a half envelopes.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph><i>Activity 1: Identifying polygons</i></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph><b>Summary</b></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how to present data in pictograms.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session>
            <Title>4 Pie charts</Title>
            <Paragraph>Charts are basically maths pictures. There are two types of charts: bar charts, which you’ll look at in the next section, and pie charts.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Pie charts are a clear way of presenting data, but they can be difficult to draw and the calculations involved in creating them can be complicated.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>A pie chart is a circle (or ‘pie’) divided in sections (or ‘slices’). The sizes of these sections represent the data. Pie charts must contain both a title and a key that explains what each section means. <!--Here’s an example:--></Paragraph>
            <!--<Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_m1_s3_4a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_4a.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
            <!--            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Pie charts must contain both a title and a key explaining what each segment/colour means. </Paragraph>
            </Box>
-->
            <!--<Paragraph>So when do we use pie charts? It’s usually when we have a few pieces of information about different parts of one whole group (the whole ‘pie’). It’s a clear way of showing data because you can quickly see what has the biggest or smallest ‘slice’ of the ‘pie’.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>In the example above you can see that the most popular holiday destination was France, because this has the biggest ‘slice’. The example also notes the size of each segment in degrees, so if you know the amount of people the chart is dealing with you can work out how many people went to Spain, Portugal, France and Greece.</Paragraph>-->
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Soap operas</Heading>
                <Paragraph>How would you present information as a pie chart? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/17_ani_pie_charts.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="17_ani_pie_charts_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="3f6f8419" x_subtitles="17_ani_pie_charts.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>Take a look at this pie chart showing the top holiday destinations for a group of workers in a factory. You’ll see that pie charts must contain both a title and a key, explaining what each segment or colour means. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So when do we use pie charts? It’s usually when we have a few pieces of information about different parts of one whole group the whole pie. It’s a clear way of showing data because you can quickly see what has the biggest or smallest slice of the pie. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>In the example, you can see that the most popular holiday destination was France, because this has the biggest slice. The example also notes the size of each segment in degrees. So if you know the number of people the chart is dealing with, you can work out how many went to Spain, Portugal, France and Greece. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Let’s create a pie chart to show you how it’s done. So in a survey, 36 people were asked what their favourite soap opera was. Their responses were as follows: <i>Coronation Street</i>, 18; <i>EastEnders</i>, 9; <i>Hollyoaks</i>, 6; other or none, 3. To draw a pie chart, first you need to work out the size of each section of the circle, or each slice of the pie. To do this, you need to remember that angles are measured in degrees, written like this, and that a circle is divided into 360 degrees. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>In this example, we’re told that 36 people were surveyed. So you need to work out how many degrees of your circle one person makes. If 360 degrees (the total number of degrees in a circle) is equivalent to 36 people (the total number of people surveyed), this means that one person equals 360 divided by 36, which equals 10. So every 10 degrees of the pie represents one person. You can then work out what the size of each slice or category should be. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>So for <i>Coronation Street</i>, 18 people times 10 degrees equals 180 degrees. <i>EastEnders</i>, 9 people times 10 degrees equals 90 degrees. For <i>Hollyoaks</i>, 6 people times 10 degrees equals 60 degrees. And other/none, 3 people times 10 degrees equals 30 degrees. You can now start to draw your pie chart. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>First, you need to draw a circle. The best way to do this is with a compass. If you don’t have a compass, drawing around a circular object or using a double protractor will be fine but you will need to find out the centre of the circle, which you might be able to guess. Next, draw a line from the centre of the circle to the top of the circle. This will be the line that you start drawing your slices from. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Using a protractor, measure each slice one after the other. First, place the protractor on top of the line you’re drawing an angle from. Then, count along the protractor the number of degrees you want your angle to be. Mark this on your circle. Then use the straight side of the protractor to draw a line from the line you started with to the mark you’ve just made. You can also include the degrees. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>In this example, you’ll draw a slice that is 180 degrees for <i>Coronation Street</i>. From that line, you’ll draw a slice of 90 degrees for <i>EastEnders</i>. Work through all the data categories until you get to the line you started with. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Colour or shade each slice differently adding a key. Give your pie chart a title. Here is the pie chart for the soap opera data. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Here’s a summary. Find out what the whole of the pie is going to represent. This is the total of your categories added together. Divide 360 (the number of degrees in a circle) by this total to tell you how many degrees one unit of your data makes. Use a calculator if you need to! Multiply the amount for this one unit by the size of each category. This gives the size of what each segment should be in degrees. Draw a circle and draw a line from the middle of the circle to the top. Starting from this line, use a protractor to measure and draw each slice. Label the slices and give your pie chart a title. </Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/17_ani_pie_charts.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/17_ani_pie_charts.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="ed1ec3b3" x_imagesrc="17_ani_pie_charts.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                    </Figure>
                </MediaContent>
                <!--                <Paragraph>In a survey, 36 people were asked what their favourite soap opera was. Their responses were as follows:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem><i>Coronation Street</i>: 18</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><i>EastEnders</i>: 9</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><i>Hollyoaks</i>: 6</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Other/none: 3</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>So how could you present this information as a pie chart? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><EditorComment>Pie chart animation</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
                <!--<Paragraph>To draw a pie chart, first you need to work out the size of each section of the circle (or each ‘slice’ of the ‘pie’).</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>To do this, you need to remember that angles are measured in degrees (written as °) and that a circle is divided into 360°. In this example we are told that 36 people were surveyed, so you need to work out how many degrees of your circle one person makes.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>If 360° (the total number of degrees in a circle) is equivalent to 36 people (the total number of people surveyed), this means that:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>One person = 360 ÷ 36 = 10</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>So every 10° of the pie represents one person.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>You can then work out what the size of each slice (or category) should be.</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Soap opera</th>
                            <th>Number of people</th>
                            <th>Angle</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td><i>Coronation Street</i></td>
                            <td>18</td>
                            <td>18 × 10° = 180°</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td><i>EastEnders</i></td>
                            <td>9</td>
                            <td>9 × 10° = 90°</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td><i>Hollyoaks</i></td>
                            <td>6</td>
                            <td>6 × 10° = 60°</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Other/none</td>
                            <td>3</td>
                            <td>3 × 10° = 30°</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>You can now start to draw your pie chart.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>First, you need to draw a circle. The best way to do this with a compass. If you don’t have a compass, drawing around a circular object or using a double protractor will be fine, but you will need to find out the centre of the circle, which you might be able to guess.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Next, draw a line from the centre of the circle to the top of the circle. This will be the line that you start drawing your ‘slices’ from.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_10.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_10.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Using a protractor, measure each ‘slice’ one after the other:</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem>Place the protractor on top of the line you are drawing an angle from.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Count along the protractor the number of degrees that you want your angle to be.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Mark this on your circle.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Use the straight side of the protractor to draw a line from the line you started with to the mark you have just made. You can also include the degrees.</ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
                <Paragraph>In this example, you will draw a slice that is 180° for <i>Coronation Street</i>. From that line you will draw a slice of 90° for <i>EastEnders</i>. Work through all the data categories until you get to the line you started with.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_11.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_11.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Colour or shade each slice differently, adding a key. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Give your pie chart a title.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Here is the pie chart for the soap opera data.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><b>Favourite soap operas watched</b></Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_12.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_12.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
                <!--                <SubHeading>Method summary</SubHeading>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Find out what the whole of the ‘pie’ is going to represent – this is the total of your categories added together.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Divide 360 (the size of a circle in degrees) by this total to tell you what one unit of your data makes. Use a calculator if you need to!</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Multiply the amount for this one unit by the size of each category.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>This gives the size of what each segment should be (in degrees).</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Draw a circle and draw a line from the middle of the circle to the top.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Starting from this line, use a protractor to measure and draw each slice.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Label the slices.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Give your pie chart a title.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
-->
                <SubHeading>Method summary</SubHeading>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Find out what the whole of the ‘pie’ is going to represent – this is the total of your categories added together.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Divide 360 (the size of a circle in degrees) by this total to tell you what one unit of your data makes. Use a calculator if you need to!</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Multiply the amount for this one unit by the size of each category.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>This gives the size of what each segment should be (in degrees).</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Draw a circle and draw a line from the middle of the circle to the top.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Starting from this line, use a protractor to measure and draw each slice.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Label the slices, or use a key to show what each segment represents.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Give your pie chart a title.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. If you get stuck, refer to the method summary above, and remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 10: Creating a pie chart</Heading>
                <Multipart>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                            <Paragraph>In a survey, 18 people were asked what their favourite pets were. The responses were as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Pet</th>
                                        <th>Number of people</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Cat</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Dog</td>
                                        <td>6</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Rabbit</td>
                                        <td>4</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Bird</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Fish</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <Paragraph>Draw a pie chart to represent this information. </Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <!--<SubHeading>Favourite pets</SubHeading>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_13.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_13.png" width="100%"/>
                        </Figure>-->
                            <Paragraph>To find out how many degrees each animal is represented by, you must carry out this calculation:</Paragraph>
                            <UnNumberedList>
                                <ListItem>360 ÷ 18 = 20</ListItem>
                            </UnNumberedList>
                            <Paragraph>Therefore, each animal is represented by 20°. We can then calculate the size of each section:</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Pet</th>
                                        <th>Number of people</th>
                                        <th>Angle</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Cat</td>
                                        <td>5</td>
                                        <td>5 × 20° = 100°</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Dog</td>
                                        <td>6</td>
                                        <td>6 × 20° = 120°</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Rabbit</td>
                                        <td>4</td>
                                        <td>4 × 20° = 80°</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Bird</td>
                                        <td>1</td>
                                        <td>1 × 20° = 20°</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Fish</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>2 × 20° = 40°</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <Paragraph>As a check, you can make sure that the degrees for each section add up to 360° in total: </Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>100° + 120° + 80° + 20° + 40° = 360°</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>From these measurements you should construct a pie chart as follows:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_4b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_4b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="2aefe42f" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_4b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="348"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 10 Pets pie chart</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a pie chart showing the information in the previous table.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>Bill records how he spends his time over a typical day. Draw a pie chart to represent this information:</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Activity</th>
                                        <th>Time spent</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Sleeping</td>
                                        <td>8 hours</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>College</td>
                                        <td>7 hours</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Eating</td>
                                        <td>1 hour</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Social media</td>
                                        <td>5 hours</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Travelling</td>
                                        <td>2 hours</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Gym</td>
                                        <td>1 hour</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The time spent on activities adds up to 24 hours – as you would expect! To find out how many degrees each hour is represented by, you must carry out this calculation:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>360 ÷ 24 = 15</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Therefore, each hour is represented by 15°. We can then calculate the size of each section:</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Activity</th>
                                        <th>Time spent</th>
                                        <th>Angle</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Sleeping</td>
                                        <td>8 hours</td>
                                        <td>8 × 15 = 120</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>College</td>
                                        <td>7 hours</td>
                                        <td>7 × 15 = 105</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Eating</td>
                                        <td>1 hour</td>
                                        <td>1 × 15 = 15</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Social media</td>
                                        <td>5 hours</td>
                                        <td>5 × 15 = 75</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Travelling</td>
                                        <td>2 hours</td>
                                        <td>2 × 15 = 30</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>Gym</td>
                                        <td>1 hour</td>
                                        <td>1 × 15 = 15</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <Paragraph>You can check these figures by making sure that the degrees for each section add up to 360° in total: </Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>120° + 105° + 15° + 75° + 30° + 15 = 360°</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Using these values you can now draw your pie chart – don’t forget to add a title and a key. From these measurements your pie chart should look like this:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_10_1.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_10_1.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="dfb957b7" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_10_1.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 11 Daytime activities pie chart</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a pie chart showing the information in the previous table.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                    <Part>
                        <Question>
                            <Paragraph>A tutor records the test results for a class:</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Grade</th>
                                        <th>Number of students</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>A</td>
                                        <td>10</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>B</td>
                                        <td>13</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>C</td>
                                        <td>7</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>D</td>
                                        <td>4</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>E</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <Paragraph>Draw a pie chart to show the breakdown of results.</Paragraph>
                        </Question>
                        <Answer>
                            <Paragraph>The total number of students is 36. To find out how many degrees each student is represented by, you must carry out this calculation:</Paragraph>
                            <Extract>
                                <Paragraph>360 ÷ 36 = 10</Paragraph>
                            </Extract>
                            <Paragraph>Therefore, each hour is represented by 10°. We can then calculate the size of each section:</Paragraph>
                            <Table>
                                <TableHead/>
                                <tbody>
                                    <tr>
                                        <th>Grade</th>
                                        <th>Number of students</th>
                                        <th>Angle</th>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>A</td>
                                        <td>10</td>
                                        <td>10 × 10 = 100</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>B</td>
                                        <td>13</td>
                                        <td>13 × 10 = 130</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>C</td>
                                        <td>7</td>
                                        <td>7 × 10 = 70</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>D</td>
                                        <td>4</td>
                                        <td>4 × 10 = 40</td>
                                    </tr>
                                    <tr>
                                        <td>E</td>
                                        <td>2</td>
                                        <td>2 × 10 = 20</td>
                                    </tr>
                                </tbody>
                            </Table>
                            <Paragraph>Using these values you can now draw your pie chart, which should look like this:</Paragraph>
                            <Figure>
                                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_10_2.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_10_2.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="208ba4ea" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_pictograms_activity_10_2.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                                <Caption>Figure 12 Grade breakdown pie chart</Caption>
                                <Description>An illustration of a pie chart showing the information in the previous table.</Description>
                            </Figure>
                        </Answer>
                    </Part>
                </Multipart>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how to present data in pie charts.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1066">
            <Title>5 Bar charts</Title>
            <Paragraph>Another way of presenting information would be in a bar chart. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Bar charts are useful because they show data clearly. They must contain the following information:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><b>A title</b> explaining what the bar chart means.</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Labels</b> that tell you what each bar means. This could be a key or just a label underneath the line that runs along the bottom of the bar graph (the <b>horizontal axis</b>).</ListItem>
                <ListItem>The line going up the left-hand side of the bar graph (the <b>vertical axis</b>) must have numbers at equal intervals (a scale). This tells you how big the bars are so that your reader can read the data.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: A traffic survey</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Let’s have a look at the data from a traffic survey displayed in a table:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Colour of car</th>
                            <th>Number of cars</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Grey</td>
                            <td>4</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Black</td>
                            <td>3</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Red</td>
                            <td>1</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Blue</td>
                            <td>2</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>White</td>
                            <td>1</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>This data could be presented in a bar chart, as follows:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_5.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_5.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="67a184a2" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_5.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 13 Traffic survey bar chart</Caption>
                    <Description>An illustration of a bar chart showing the information in the previous table.</Description>
                </Figure>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>Before you start to draw your bar chart, you need to decide what your labels will be and what number intervals you are going to use – that is, how ‘tall’ your bars are going to be.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>To do this you need to look at your data and find the biggest number of occurrences (that is, the largest category). In this traffic survey this is not too difficult: the most cars in one category was ‘grey cars’, which had four cars.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>This means that the highest number on the vertical axis is 4. The numbers in the survey are discrete data – you can’t have half a car! – so the numbers on this axis will be 0, 1, 2, 3 and 4. The vertical axis should always start at 0 and go up by the same number each time. We can take the label for this axis from the table: ‘Number of cars’.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Discrete data is data made up of things that are separate and can be counted.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>You now need to decide on how many bars you are going to draw. This is already decided for because there are five categories in the survey:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>grey cars</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>black cars</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>red cars</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>blue cars</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>white cars.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>So there will be five bars along the horizontal axis of the bar chart, which should be labelled ‘Colour of car’.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Once you have drawn the axes and labels, you can draw the bars as follows:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Use a ruler.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>The height of each bar is the number you have for that category.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>The width of the bars must be equal.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>When you have finished drawing your bar chart, don’t forget to give it a title.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <SubHeading>Method summary</SubHeading>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Find out what the highest number of items is. This will give you the biggest number on the vertical axis (the one on the left-hand side). This will be the size of the tallest bar.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Decide how many bars to draw: this is the number of categories you are dealing with. The bars should be equal in width.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Draw and label your axes.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Use a ruler to draw your bars.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Make up a title for your bar chart.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 11: Creating a bar chart</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>The following table shows the number of flights from a regional airport on one day of the week made by different airlines.</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Airline</th>
                                <th>Number of flights</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Reilly Air</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Easyfly</td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>English Airways</td>
                                <td>1</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Draw a bar chart to display this data. Remember to label your axis and give your chart a title.</Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>Check with the following suggestions before continuing;</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The most flights on one day is four, so you must ensure that the vertical axis should start at 0 and go up to 4. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You must label the horizontal axis with the names of the airlines and the vertical axis with the number of flights. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The title must clearly state what data the bar chart is showing. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Your graph should look something like the following:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_11.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_11.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="deefd8f0" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_11.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 14 Flights bar chart</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a bar chart showing the information in the previous table.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>With larger numbers, your scale may not go up by one. You may have your scale going up by two, five or ten, etc., depending on the numbers you are working with. The main thing to remember is that the scale has to go up in equal intervals.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 12: Creating another bar chart</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>The following table shows the number of different sandwiches sold by a local café in one week:</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Sandwich type</th>
                                <th>Number of sandiwches sold</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Cheese</td>
                                <td>35</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Tuna</td>
                                <td>18</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Egg</td>
                                <td>24</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Chicken</td>
                                <td>40</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>Bacon</td>
                                <td>38</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <Paragraph>Draw a bar chart to represent this data. Don’t forget to label your axis and give your chart a title, and make sure you use a suitable scale. </Paragraph>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>The most sandwiches sold  is 40, so you should ensure that the vertical axis should start at 0 and go up to 40.  This is quite a high number, so your scale may go up in increments of five or even ten.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>You must add the names of the sandwich fillings to the horizontal axis and give the axes suitable labels – for example, ‘Sandwich fillings’ for the horizontal axis and  ‘Number of sandwiches sold’ for the vertical axis.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The title must clearly state what data the bar chart is showing.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Your bar chart should look something like this:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_5_12.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_5_12.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="b48fee84" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_5_12.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 15 Sandwiches sold bar chart</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a bar chart showing the information in the previous table.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>Graphs can easily be created on a computer. There are videos on YouTube that can help you to learn how to do this.</Paragraph>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how to present data in bar charts.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1205">
            <Title>6 Line graphs</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now that you’ve had a look at pie charts and bar charts, let’s take a look at line graphs. These are drawn by marking (or plotting) points and then joining them with a straight line. You might have seen them used in holiday brochures or maybe on the television.</Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_6.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_6.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="d4789616" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_6.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                <Caption>Figure 16 Interest rates line graph</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of a line graph showing the change in UK interest rates between 2000 and November 2017.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> It is best to use graph or squared paper when drawing line graphs because it makes it easier to plot the points. </Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: The estate agent</Heading>
                <Paragraph>How would you present information as a line graph? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
                <MediaContent src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/18_ani_line_graphs.mp4" type="video" width="512" x_manifest="18_ani_line_graphs_1_server_manifest.xml" x_filefolderhash="3816b519" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="971bf6f3" x_subtitles="18_ani_line_graphs.srt">
                    <Transcript>
                        <Paragraph>Here is a table showing the number of houses sold by an estate agent over a six-month period. How could you represent this information as a line graph? </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>To draw this in a graph, you need to first draw the axes. The months go on the bottom (horizontal) axis, and the house sales go up the left-hand side on the vertical axis. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Next, we need to decide on how we divide up these axes. There are six months, so there will be six marks on the horizontal axis. The highest number of house sales was 9, so the vertical axis will go from 0 to 10. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Now we can begin to mark our points. Starting with the first row of the table, you go up the line marked January, and then when you get to the line going across marked 2, you make a small cross. You then do this for the other points. Finally, you join the points using a ruler, and add your title. </Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Here’s a summary. To draw a line graph, you need to draw the horizontal and vertical axes and label them. Divide these axes into suitable scales to do this, you need to look at the data and find out what the smallest and largest numbers are. Plot the points from your data using a pencil to make small crosses. Join the points using a ruler, and give your graph a title. </Paragraph>
                    </Transcript>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/18_ani_line_graphs.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/AV/18_ani_line_graphs.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="3816b519" x_contenthash="22595ea8" x_imagesrc="18_ani_line_graphs.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="288"/>
                    </Figure>
                </MediaContent>
                <!--                <Paragraph>The number of houses sold by an estate agent over a six-month period is shown below:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Month</th>
                            <th>Number of houses sold</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>January</td>
                            <td>2</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>February</td>
                            <td>3</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>March</td>
                            <td>6</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>April</td>
                            <td>8</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>May</td>
                            <td>9</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>June</td>
                            <td>2</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>So how could you present this information as a line graph? Watch the following video to find out.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><EditorComment>Line graph animation</EditorComment></Paragraph>-->
                <!--<Paragraph>To draw this in a graph you need to first draw the axis. The months go on the bottom (horizontal) axis and the house sales go up the left-hand side, on the vertical axis.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_16.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_16.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Next we need to decide on how we divide up these axes. There are six months so there will be six marks on the horizontal axis. The highest number of house sales was nine, so the vertical axis will go from 0 to 10.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_17.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_17.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Now we can begin to mark our points. Starting with the first row of the table, you go up the line marked ‘January’ and then when you get to the line going across marked ‘2’, you make a small cross. You then do this for the other points.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_18.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_18.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>
                <Paragraph>Finally, you join the points using a ruler and add your title.</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1\assets\s3\bltl_ml1_03_img_19.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_ml1_03_img_19.png" width="100%"/>
                </Figure>-->
                <SubHeading>Method summary</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To draw a line graph you need to:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>draw the horizontal and vertical axes, and label them</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>divide these axes into suitable scales – to do this, you need to look at the data and find out what the smallest and largest numbers are</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>plot the points from your data, using a pencil to make small crosses</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>join the points using a ruler</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>give your graph a title.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 13: Creating a line graph</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Line graphs are often used in holiday brochures to show temperatures or hours of sunshine at a particular resort.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>The following table shows the hours of sunshine at a holiday resort. Draw a line graph using the data from the table and then answer the questions below.</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Month</th>
                                <th>Hours of sunshine</th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>May</td>
                                <td>6</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>June</td>
                                <td>7</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>July</td>
                                <td>8</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>August</td>
                                <td>9</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>September</td>
                                <td>8</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>October</td>
                                <td>7</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Which month was the sunniest?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Which month had the least sunshine?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>When drawing your line graph you should: </Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>draw the horizontal axis, labelling it ‘Months’, and the vertical axis, labelling it ‘Hours of sunshine’</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>divide these axes into suitable scales – your smallest and largest numbers are 6 and 9, so your scale could be one square for one hour</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>plot the points from your data, using a pencil and make small crosses</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>join the points using a ruler</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>give your graph a title such as ‘Hours of sunshine at a holiday resort over a six-month period’.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>The finished line graph should look something like this:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_13.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_13.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="cf33fa88" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_13.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 17 Sunshine line graph</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a line graph showing the information in the previous table.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph>In answer to the questions:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>August is the sunniest month.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>May is the least sunniest month.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>Look at the following line graph. Sometimes it makes sense to create a graph in landscape rather than portrait. </Paragraph>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_6-02.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_6-02.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="d978a2c3" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_activity_6-02.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="296"/>
                <Caption>Figure 18 Temperatures line graph</Caption>
                <Description>A line graph showing the temperature in a beach resort in one week in June.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have learned about how to present data in line graphs.</Paragraph>
            </InternalSection>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1293">
            <Title>7 Choosing the best way to present your data</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have looked at several ways of presenting data, but how do you select the best one to use? 
</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><b>Tables</b> can be used to organise complicated data. They are useful if you need to look up information.</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Pictograms</b> are a good way of displaying data in an accessible, ‘fun’ way. They are good at showing simple data. However, a picture key can make it difficult to be accurate when the key is used to represent larger values:  if the following figure represents 50 ...

<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_7_bike_01.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_7_bike_01.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="9d121ed8" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_7_bike_01.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="166"/>
<Description>An illustration of bicycle.</Description>
</Figure>

... what does this figure represent? 

<Figure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_7_bike_02.png" src_uri="\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_7_bike_02.png" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="3f1138bb" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_7_bike_02.png" x_imagewidth="342" x_imageheight="166"/>
<Description>An illustration of bicycle, with the front of the bicycle cropped off.</Description>
</Figure>

It could be 35, but it could also be 34, 36 or 37, etc.</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Pie charts</b> show the breakdown of different parts of a whole data set. Each segment represents a percentage or proportion of the whole amount. Pie charts are good for showing which parts take up the largest or smallest part of the pie. They are not so good when there isn’t much difference between the values, as it can be difficult to see small variations.</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Bar charts</b> are great for comparing discrete data.</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Line graphs</b> are often used to show changes or trends in data over time.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 14: Choosing how to display data</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Select the best way to display the following sets of data:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The number of visitors to an exhibition over a day.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The breakdown of each food group that makes up a healthy diet.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The profit made by different branches of a shop over three months.</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The number of patients who missed GP appointments over six months in a GP surgery waiting room.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>A line graph would be suitable because it would show the change in visitor numbers over the day.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_01.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_01.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="e718980a" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_01.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 19 St David’s Hall line graph</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a line graph showing how many visitors come to St David’s Hall on an open day.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>A pie chart would show the proportion of each food group compared to the others. </ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_02.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_02.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="e94efeba" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_02.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 20 Healthy diet pie chart</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a pie chart showing food groups in a healthy diet.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <NumberedList start="3">
                        <ListItem>A bar chart would allow comparison of profits at the different branches.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/retailni.jpg" x_folderhash="3bd3e110" x_contenthash="c9b92bda" x_imagesrc="retailni.jpg" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="401"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 21 Retail NI bar chart</Caption>
                    </Figure>
                    <NumberedList start="4">
                        <ListItem>A pictogram would make the results accessible and easy to read.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_04.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_04.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="2db0157a" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_14_04.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 22 Missed appointments pictogram</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a pictogram showing how many appointments have been missed at a clinic.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Self-check: always remember the following statements</b></Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Before moving on, you need to make sure you are able to collect, organise and show data in the forms of tables, diagrams, charts and graphs. Ask yourself the following questions:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>When I draw tables, diagrams, charts and graphs, is my data displayed clearly so that the information is easy to understand?</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Do I always include titles, scales, labels and keys when they are needed?</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Have I chosen the most appropriate way of presenting my data?</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>If you are not sure about these points, show your work to someone else and ask if they understand the data.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1356">
            <Title>8 Averages</Title>
            <!--<Paragraph>Sometimes it’s easier to present data numerically rather than graphically, and to find one number to represent a collection of data instead of lots of numbers. You can do this by finding the arithmetical average: ‘arithmetical’ means ‘doing sums’, and the ‘average’ is the middle value. So working out the arithmetical average means working out a middle value for your data with mathematical calculations.</Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>An average is a middle, or ‘typical’, value. Sometimes it’s easier to present data numerically rather than graphically, and to find one number to represent a collection of data instead of lots of numbers. You can do this by finding the arithmetical average: ‘arithmetical’ means ‘doing sums’, and the ‘average’ is the representative value of all our data. So working out the arithmetical average means working out a representative value for your data with mathematical calculations. The arithmetical average is better known as the mean average. There are other types of average, but we will focus on the mean here.</Paragraph>
            <Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> With data we talk about ‘data sets’, or sets of data. ‘Sets’ is just another word for ‘group’. So if we carried out a survey, we would have a data set.</Paragraph>
            </Box>
            <!--<Paragraph>You’ll be familiar with the word ‘average’. Outside maths, it is used to mean ‘not special’ or ‘just OK’. But in maths, ‘average’ means we can have one value that is representative of all our data and that uses all our data.</Paragraph>-->
            <Paragraph>You’ll be familiar with the word ‘average’. Outside maths, it is used to mean ‘not special’ or ‘just OK’. But in maths, ‘average’ means we can have one typical value that is representative of all our data and that uses all our data. <!--You will also encounter the terms ‘mean average’, or just ‘mean’. The mean average is what we are referring to in this course and what we show you how to calculate below.--></Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Where do we find averages in real life?</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>If you look at a holiday brochure you will see that it will talk about the ‘average’ hours of sunshine in a day.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>A teacher might work out the average marks for students in a class.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>When you go on a journey you might talk about our average speed.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>The average goals scored per game over a season by your football team.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Mean test scores</Heading>
                <Paragraph>The arithmetical, or mean, average is not difficult to work out.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Look at the following example based on the first example in the list above:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Student</th>
                            <th>Score</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Sara</td>
                            <td>11</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Ceri</td>
                            <td>13</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Sian</td>
                            <td>14</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Dylan</td>
                            <td>15</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Aled</td>
                            <td>17</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Ewan</td>
                            <td>17</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Paul</td>
                            <td>15</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Elisa</td>
                            <td>20</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Bea</td>
                            <td>20</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Gwyn</td>
                            <td>18</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>In order to calculate the mean average, you need to do the following:</Paragraph>
                <NumberedList>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>Add up all of your data to a total (let’s call this total ‘A’).</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>In this example the data is the students’ test scores, so we need to add:</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>11 + 13 + 14 + 15 + 17 + 17 + 15 + 20 + 20 + 18 = 160</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Add up the number of categories that your data falls into. This would be the number of students (let’s call this amount ‘B’). In this case there are 10 students.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem><Paragraph>To calculate the mean average you divide the total of your data (A) by the number of bits of data (B). So:</Paragraph> 
<Paragraph>A ÷ B = the average </Paragraph>
<Paragraph>In the example above the scores added to a total of 160, divided by 10 (the number of students):</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>160 ÷ 10 = 16</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the mean average score would be 16.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                </NumberedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <!--<Paragraph>The arithmetic average is not difficult to work out. You need to do the following.</Paragraph>
            <NumberedList>
                <ListItem>Add up all your data to a total. In the first example in the list above, about the number of hours of sunshine in a day, this could be the total number of hours of sunshine in August. (Let’s call this total ‘A’).</ListItem>
                <ListItem>Add up the number of categories that your data falls into. Using the same example, this would be the number of days in August. (Let’s call this amount ‘B’).</ListItem>
                <ListItem>Divide the total of your data (A) by the number of bits of data (B). So A ÷ B = the average. In the example about the average hours of sunshine in August, if there were 434 total hours of sunshine, divided by 31 (the number of days in August), there would be an average of 14 hours of sunshine in a day in August.</ListItem>
            </NumberedList>-->
            <!--<Paragraph>Take a look at this song about averages to help you remember the terminology. (You may recognise Bruno Mars’s ‘The Lazy Song’.)</Paragraph>
            <MediaContent src="youtube:IHginNwss5c" type="embed"/>-->
            <Paragraph>Have a look at the example below, where you will be looking at the mean average hours of sunshine. </Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Mean average hours of sunshine</Heading>
                <Paragraph>The hours of sunshine per day during one week’s holiday to Barmouth in June was recorded as follows:</Paragraph>
                <Table>
                    <TableHead/>
                    <tbody>
                        <tr>
                            <th>Day</th>
                            <th>Hours of sunshine</th>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Sunday</td>
                            <td>6</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Monday</td>
                            <td>1</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Tuesday</td>
                            <td>7</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Wednesday</td>
                            <td>8</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Thursday</td>
                            <td>5</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Friday</td>
                            <td>2</td>
                        </tr>
                        <tr>
                            <td>Saturday</td>
                            <td>6</td>
                        </tr>
                    </tbody>
                </Table>
                <Paragraph>You could draw a bar chart or a line graph to present this data. However – as you might expect from the British weather – the amount of sunshine varied a lot from day to day.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>It might be more useful to find out the mean average amount of sunshine per day. This would give you one value, which you could use as a guide as to how much sunshine to expect per day.</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>To work out this mean value you need to:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>add up the amount of sunshine for each day</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>divide this by the number of days you have the data for.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>With this example we have:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>6 + 1 + 7 + 8 + 5 + 2 + 6 = 35 hours of sunshine for the week</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>and seven days of data. So, the mean is:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>35 ÷ 7 = 5 hours</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> You must remember what units you are working in and write in these units after your average value – otherwise, it won’t make sense. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>So from this data you can see that, on average, there were five hours of sunshine per day in a week in June in Barmouth. You could then use that information to help choose your next holiday: if you wanted more than five hours of sunshine a day for a holiday in June, you would choose somewhere hotter (like Spain, perhaps).</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method summary</SubHeading>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Add up all of your data.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Find out the number of categories that your data falls into (how many bits of data you have).</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Divide the total of your data by the number of categories of data to give the mean average.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Don’t forget to put what units you are working in, for example hours, goals, people, etc.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <!--<Box>
                <Paragraph><b>Note:</b> Another word for ‘average’ is ‘mean’. This shouldn’t be confused with being ‘mean’ in the sense of someone who doesn’t want to spend money, or who is being unkind. In maths, ‘mean’ is a mathematical word . It is calculated by adding up all of the data and dividing the total by the amount of sections provided.</Paragraph>
            </Box>-->
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to refer to the example if you get stuck and to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 15:  Finding the mean average</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The ages of four children in a family are 4, 6, 8 and 10 years. What is the mean average age?</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>Find the average of the following data sets:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>4, 6, 11</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>3, 7, 8, 4, 8</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>8, 9, 10, 9, 4, 2</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The number of goals scored by a football team in recent matches were as follows:</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td>0</td>
                                <td>1</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                                <td>2</td>
                                <td>1</td>
                                <td>3</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Work out the mean number of goals per match.</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <Box>
                        <Paragraph><b>Hint:</b> Notice how it is important to include the zero in the calculations.</Paragraph>
                    </Box>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>Check your answers with the answers below.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>First, add all of the ages together:
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 + 6 + 8 + 10 = 28</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>Then divide this total by the amount of data given:</Paragraph>
<UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>28  ÷ 4 = 7</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList>
<Paragraph>The average age is 7. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>You will find the following answers using the same calculation you used for question 1:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Add all the numbers (4 + 6 + 11 = 21) and then divide this answer by the amount of data given (21 ÷ 3 = 7). The answer is 7.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Add all the numbers (3 + 7 + 8 + 4 + 8 = 30) and then divide this answer by the amount of data given (30 ÷ 5 = 6). The answer is 6.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Add all the numbers (8 + 9 + 10 + 9 + 4 + 2 = 42) and then divide this answer by the amount of data given (42 ÷ 6 = 7). The answer is 7.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>Add all the numbers (11 + 12 + 13 + 14 + 15 + 16 = 81) and then divide this answer by the amount of data given (81 ÷ 6 = 13.5). The answer is 13.5. Note that the mean average may not be a whole number.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList>
</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The average number of goals per match is 2:<Paragraph>2 + 3 + 0 + 1 + 3 + 2 + 3 + 2 + 1 + 3 = 20</Paragraph><Paragraph>20 ÷ 10 = 2</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>Now have a go at another activity to check your knowledge.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 16: The maths test</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>As before, calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>In a maths class the scores for a test (out of 10) were as follows:</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>5 </td>
                                <td>6</td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>4 </td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7 </td>
                                <td>3 </td>
                                <td>5 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>7</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>8 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>2 </td>
                                <td>8 </td>
                                <td>5</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>4 </td>
                                <td>5 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>5 </td>
                                <td>6</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>What is the mean score?</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <NumberedList start="2">
                        <ListItem>Some of the students felt that the teacher had been too harsh with their marks. The tests were remarked and the new results were as follows:</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>4 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>4 </td>
                                <td>4</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>1 </td>
                                <td>5 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>6</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>7 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>1 </td>
                                <td>9 </td>
                                <td>5</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>3 </td>
                                <td>5 </td>
                                <td>6 </td>
                                <td>5 </td>
                                <td>5</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>Work out the mean score for these new results. Which set of results gave the best marks? Was the teacher harsh with the first marking?</ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>First, add up the total number of marks: </Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>5 + 6 + 6 + 4 + 4 + 7 + 3 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 6 + 2 + 8 + 5 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 5 + 6 = 108</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then divide this by the number of scores (or the number of students), which is 20:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>108 ÷ 20 = 5.4</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>So the average score is 5.4 out of 10.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Again, first add up the total number of marks:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>4 + 6 + 6 + 4 + 4 + 6 + 1 + 5 + 6 + 6 + 7 + 6 + 1 + 9 + 5 + 3 + 5 + 6 + 5 + 5 = 100</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>Then divide this total by 20:</Paragraph><UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><SubListItem>100 ÷ 20 = 5</SubListItem></UnNumberedSubsidiaryList><Paragraph>The best set of results was the first set. The teacher had not been marking it harshly.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Paragraph>What are the advantages and disadvantages of using the mean average?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Ever heard of families with 2.4 children? This is the national average but it means nothing – because you can’t have 0.4 of a child! This highlights one of the problems with averages: the value you get may not be a real value in terms of what you are talking about.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Another problem is that the mean value will be affected by values that are much higher or much lower than the others in the data set. For example, your football team could be having a really bad season, scoring nothing in nine games. The mean number of goals scored per game in these nine games would be zero (total goals = 0 and matches played = 9, so the mean would be 0 ÷ 9 = 0). Then, suddenly, they start to play very well and in the next match score ten goals. This would increase the mean average goals scored to one goal per match (total goals = 10 and matches played = 10, so the mean would be 10 ÷ 10 = 1), which would make it look as though they’d scored a goal in every match when they hadn’t.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The mean is a good way of calculating the average, however, because it isn’t too complicated to work out (compared to some other statistical calculations) and it uses all the available data.</Paragraph>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>learned that the mean is one sort of average</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>learned that the mean is worked out by adding up the items and dividing by the number of items</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>understood that the mean can give a ‘distorted average’ if one or two values are much higher or lower than the other values.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Section>
<Title>7.1 Advantages and disadvantages of using the arithmetical average</Title>
            
            
            
            

</Section>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1624">
            <Title>9 Finding the range</Title>
            <Paragraph>We talk about ‘range’ in real life in the following situations:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>Schools will have a range of ages of children.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>Companies will have employees on a range of salaries.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>Supermarkets have goods at a range of prices.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>The first thing to do when finding ranges is to find the lowest and highest values in your data set. The range is one number that tells you the difference between the highest and lowest values.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>To help you work out the range:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>If your data set is not too big then the best thing to do is put the values in numerical order (lowest first).</ListItem>
                <ListItem>As you go through the data set, tick or cross off the numbers as you put them in order so that you don’t count the same one twice or miss one out altogether:</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Figure>
                <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_8.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_8.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="6f0f119c" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_8.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="111"/>
                <Caption>Figure 23 An example of a data set</Caption>
                <Description>An illustration of a list of numbers: 4, 2, 9, 7, 6, 3, 5, 8, 2, 3, 4. Three of the numbers have been crossed off.</Description>
            </Figure>
            <Paragraph>Once you have the highest and lowest values, you then have to take the lowest away from the highest. This will give you the range.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>The range measures the spread of a set of data. It is important because it can tell you how diverse your data is (or isn’t).</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Take, for example, the ages of members of a gardening club. If the average age is 40 years old, say, then this doesn’t tell you much about the people in the club.</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>If the spread of the ages was ten years, then you know that every member is in either their thirties or forties.</ListItem>
                <ListItem>But if the spread was 70 years, then both teenagers and pensioners belong to the club.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>So the range gives you more information about a data set.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Remember that when you work out the range, you still have to include the units you are working in. So if you are dealing with ages you will usually be talking about years, so your range will be in years.</Paragraph>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: Age range</Heading>
                <Paragraph>Barry has four children. Sophie is 7 years old, Karen is 4, Max is 12 years and Jason is 10. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>What is the range?</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method</SubHeading>
                <Paragraph>The data set is:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>7        4        12        10</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>Let’s put these numbers in order first:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>4        7        10        12</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>Doing this makes it is easy to see that the lowest number is 4 and the highest is 12. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>The range is worked out by taking the lowest value away from the highest:</Paragraph>
                <UnNumberedList>
                    <ListItem>Range = 12 – 4 = 8 years</ListItem>
                </UnNumberedList>
                <Paragraph>(Don’t forget to include the units, in this case years.)</Paragraph>
                <SubHeading>Method summary</SubHeading>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>Write the numbers in numerical order (lowest first).</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Find the lowest and highest numbers.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Take the lowest number away from the highest number to find the range for your data.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Don’t forget to put what units you are working in (e.g. hours, goals, people, etc.).</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 17: Finding ranges</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>Calculate the answers to the following problems without using a calculator. You may double-check your answers with a calculator if you need to. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>Find the ranges for the following data sets: 
</Paragraph><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem><Paragraph>1, 6, 7, 10</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>7, 6, 2, 8, 10, 3, 11</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>5, 4, 2, 8, 9, 11, 4, 12, 7</Paragraph></SubListItem><SubListItem><Paragraph>5, 15, 6, 9, 12, 4, 2, 8, 1, 14</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>In a random survey in Newry the ages of 20 people are as follows:</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>61</td>
                                <td>18</td>
                                <td>42</td>
                                <td>37</td>
                                <td>32</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>15</td>
                                <td>25</td>
                                <td>52</td>
                                <td>74</td>
                                <td>23</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>49</td>
                                <td>41</td>
                                <td>58</td>
                                <td>31</td>
                                <td>42</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>21</td>
                                <td>27</td>
                                <td>65</td>
                                <td>47</td>
                                <td>35</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem>
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>Write the data set in order with the lowest number first.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>What is the lowest age?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>What is the highest age?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>What is the range?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <NumberedList start="3">
                        <ListItem>What is the range in temperatures in the following table?</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Day</th>
                                <td>Monday</td>
                                <td>Tuesday</td>
                                <td>Wednesday</td>
                                <td>Thursday</td>
                                <td>Friday</td>
                                <td>Saturday</td>
                                <td>Sunday</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Weather</th>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud_sun.png" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="2fa849d0" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud_sun.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A cloud and sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud_sun.png" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="2fa849d0" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud_sun.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A cloud and sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud.png" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="bb0bf7d3" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A cloud icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_showers.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="0b9da71e" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_showers.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A rain icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud_sun.png" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="2fa849d0" x_imagesrc="bltl_wales_maths_l1_act17_cloud_sun.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A cloud and sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="b08f3916" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_sunny.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A sun icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                                <td><InlineFigure><Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e1ecf8af" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_weather_storms.png" x_imagewidth="31" x_imageheight="31"/><Alternative>A lightning icon.</Alternative></InlineFigure></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Temperature (°C)</th>
                                <td>21</td>
                                <td>20</td>
                                <td>17</td>
                                <td>19</td>
                                <td>24</td>
                                <td>27</td>
                                <td>18</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Precipitation (%)</th>
                                <td>15</td>
                                <td>25</td>
                                <td>40</td>
                                <td>70</td>
                                <td>20</td>
                                <td>5</td>
                                <td>86</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>Now check your answers:</Paragraph>
                    <NumberedList>
                        <ListItem>The ranges are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>10 – 1 = 9</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>11 – 2 = 9</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>12 – 2 = 10</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>15 – 1 = 14</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                        <ListItem>The answers are as follows:<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha"><SubListItem>Here’s the data set in order, with the lowest number first:</SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <td>15</td>
                                <td> 18</td>
                                <td> 21</td>
                                <td> 23</td>
                                <td> 25</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>27</td>
                                <td> 31</td>
                                <td> 32</td>
                                <td> 35</td>
                                <td> 37</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>41</td>
                                <td> 42</td>
                                <td> 42</td>
                                <td> 47</td>
                                <td> 49</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td>52</td>
                                <td> 58</td>
                                <td> 61</td>
                                <td> 65</td>
                                <td> 74</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                    <UnNumberedList>
                        <ListItem><NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha" start="2">
<SubListItem>The lowest age is 15 years.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The highest age is 74 years.</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>The range is 74 – 15 = 59 years. If you wrote ‘15 to 74’, it’s the wrong answer. The range is one number. You need to work out the difference.</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                    </UnNumberedList>
                    <NumberedList start="3">
                        <ListItem>The highest temperature is 27°C and the lowest temperature is 17°C, so the range in temperature is 10°C.</ListItem>
                    </NumberedList>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <InternalSection>
                <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                <Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>learned that the range measures the spread of a set of data</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>understood that the range is the difference between the smallest and largest values in a set of data.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </InternalSection>
            <!--<Summary>
                <Paragraph>In this topic you have:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>learned that the range measures the spread of a set of data</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>understood that the range is the difference between the smallest and largest values in a set of data.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
            </Summary>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm1832">
            <Title>10 Probability</Title>
            <Paragraph>Probability is measuring how likely it is that something will happen. We use probability in different ways in real life:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>Bookmakers use a form of probability to give betting odds on anything.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>Insurance companies use probability to decide how much to charge for all the different types of insurance there is.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>Government departments use probability and statistics to help them govern the country.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>(Another word for probability is chance. You might say, ‘What are the chances of this happening?’)</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Working through this section will enable you to:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand the possibility of different events happening</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>show that some events are more likely to occur than others</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>understand and use probability scales</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>show the probability of events happening using fractions, decimals and percentages.</Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>Probability is measuring how likely it is that something will happen. Look at the word itself: ‘probability’. Can you see it is related to the word ‘probable’?</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>We know that life is full of choices and chances, or that some things are more likely to happen than others.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>For example, you could say, ‘I might cut the grass tomorrow.’ Probability would be used to measure how likely it is that you will cut the grass. There are two options involved here: either you cut the grass or you don’t.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you knew that it was going to rain tomorrow and you had lots of other things to do (and you hate cutting grass), then the probability of actually cutting the grass would be low or even zero! But on the other hand, if you really intended to cut the grass and the weather forecast was good then the probability of cutting the grass would be high.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>We use probability to give us an idea of how likely it is that something will happen. It gives us a measuring system.</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>If something is very likely to happen, the probability is high.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph>If something is not very likely to happen, the probability is low.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                <ListItem><Paragraph><language xml:lang="EN">If something has an even
chance we can also say there is a fifty-fifty chance </language><language xml:lang="EN">i.e. rolling an even number of a die.</language><language xml:lang="EN"> </language><language xml:lang="EN"/></Paragraph></ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <CaseStudy>
                <Heading>Example: What are the chances?</Heading>
                <Paragraph>What’s the probability of:</Paragraph>
                <BulletedList>
                    <ListItem>you winning the lottery this week?</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>getting wet in the rain?</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>summer following spring?</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>There’s a very low probability that you’ll win the lottery this week, and a high probability of getting wet in the rain and summer following spring. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Of course, some things have even chances of happening. For example, if you toss a coin, there is an equal probability of it being heads or tails. This could also be called an even chance, or a fifty-fifty chance, of the coin being heads or tails. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>How many different things that have different chances of happening can you think of?</Paragraph>
            </CaseStudy>
            <Paragraph>Now try the following activity. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
            <Activity>
                <Heading>Activity 18: Probability of events happening</Heading>
                <Question>
                    <Paragraph>How many different things that have different chances of happening can you think of? Think of some examples and then check your ideas against the suggested answers.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>If you get stuck for ideas, your examples could include:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>the Moon rising tonight</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>tossing a coin and getting heads</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>a traffic jam at some point this year on the M2</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>being kidnapped by aliens</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>winning the lottery</Paragraph></ListItem>
                        <ListItem><Paragraph>a baby being born a boy.</Paragraph></ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                    <Paragraph>Obviously there are many other examples.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>Looking at the events you thought of, what is the chance of each event happening? Place your event in the correct column in the table.</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th>Events with a high probability of happening </th>
                                <th>Events with an even chance of happening </th>
                                <th>Events with a low probability of happening </th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_14_fr1"/></td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_14_fr2"/></td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_14_fr3"/></td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_14_fr4"/></td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_14_fr5"/></td>
                                <td><FreeResponse size="single line" id="act_14_fr6"/></td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Question>
                <Answer>
                    <Paragraph>There is no single correct answer to this activity. Have a look at our suggestions below:</Paragraph>
                    <Table>
                        <TableHead/>
                        <tbody>
                            <tr>
                                <th class="ColumnHeadLeft"> Events with a high probability of happening </th>
                                <th class="ColumnHeadLeft"> Events with an even chance of happening </th>
                                <th class="ColumnHeadLeft"> Events with a low probability of happening </th>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td class="TableLeft"> The Moon rising tonight</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft"> Tossing a coin and getting heads</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft"> Winning the lottery</td>
                            </tr>
                            <tr>
                                <td class="TableLeft"> A traffic jam at some point this year on the M2</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft"> A baby being born a boy</td>
                                <td class="TableLeft"> Being kidnapped by aliens</td>
                            </tr>
                        </tbody>
                    </Table>
                </Answer>
            </Activity>
            <Section id="nonumber-idm1917">
                <Title>10.1 Probability scales</Title>
                <Paragraph>In real life, things usually fall somewhere in between the two extremes of ‘will never happen’ and ‘will definitely happen’. However, some events are certain, while others are impossible: so for example, if you throw a standard dice, you’re certain to roll a number between 1 and 6, but it would be impossible to roll a 7.</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>We can use a probability scale to measure how likely events are to occur:</Paragraph>
                <Figure xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_9-1a.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_9-1a.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="78eb9bc6" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_9-1a.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="113"/>
                    <Caption>Figure 24 A probability scale</Caption>
                    <Description><Paragraph>An illustration of a probability scale. It is a horizontal line: above the line, the left-hand end is labelled ‘Impossible’ and the right-hand end is labelled ‘Certain’; below the line, the left-hand end is labelled ‘0’, the midway point is labelled ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’ and the right-hand end is labelled ‘1’. </Paragraph></Description>
                </Figure>
                <BulletedList xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <ListItem> The probability of an impossible event (‘will never happen’) is 0.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>The probability of a certain event (‘will definitely happen’) is 1.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>All other events come between 0 and 1.</ListItem>
                    <ListItem>Events with an even chance have a probability of one divided by two: <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 50% or 0.5.</ListItem>
                </BulletedList>
                <Paragraph>Now try the following activity, where you’ll need a ruler and a pencil. Remember to check your answers once you have completed the questions.</Paragraph>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 19: Looking at probability</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <Paragraph>Use a ruler to draw your own probability scale. Mark on it ‘0’, ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                        <mrow>
                                            <mfrac>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </mfrac>
                                        </mrow>
                                    </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’ and ‘1’. Label 0 as ‘impossible’ and 1 as ‘certain’.</Paragraph>
                        <Paragraph>Then mark these statements on the probability scale with crosses and label them with their question letter:</Paragraph>
                        <NumberedList class="lower-alpha">
                            <ListItem>The probability that the sun will rise tomorrow.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The probability that you will run the London Marathon next year.</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The probability of dying one day.</ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <Paragraph>Here are the suggested answers: </Paragraph>
                        <Figure>
                            <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1_s3_9-1b.png" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1/assets/s3/bltl_m1_s3_9-1b.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="616b65cd" x_contenthash="e833c4dc" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1_s3_9-1b.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="169"/>
                            <Caption>Figure 25 A probability scale (answer)</Caption>
                            <Description><Paragraph>An illustration of a probability scale. It is a horizontal line: above the line, the left-hand end is labelled ‘Impossible’ and the right-hand end is labelled ‘Certain’; below the line, the left-hand end is labelled ‘0’, the midway point is labelled ‘<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>’ and the right-hand end is labelled ‘1’. A cross labelled ‘(b)’ is about a quarter of the way along the line; a second cross, labelled ‘(a)’ and ‘(c)’, is at the right-hand end of the line.</Paragraph></Description>
                        </Figure>
                        <Paragraph>Of course, if you are a long-distance runner or plan to be one, your location for (b) might be closer to 1!</Paragraph>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <Paragraph>For some events it is not possible to give an exact probability of an outcome. In the example above, you had to use your knowledge to estimate the probability of you running in the London Marathon. A friend may give a different probability!</Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>Weather forecasters predict the weather in a similar way, looking at the available data and historical trends (patterns) to give the most probable weather predictions. Weather forecasting is not exact, so the forecasters use their knowledge to present a weather report that has the highest probability of occuring. Bookmakers use similar skills to set odds, looking at past results, current form, etc. </Paragraph>
                <Paragraph>For some events, however, it is possible to give an exact probability of an outcome. Mathematically we can say that:</Paragraph>
                <Figure>
                    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_m1w_s10-1_1.jpg" src_uri="file:////dog/PrintLive/Corporate/Bringing%20learning%20to%20life/Maths%20L1%20for%20Wales/assets/s4/bltl_m1w_s10-1_1.jpg" width="100%" x_folderhash="c466e923" x_contenthash="d51b4a28" x_imagesrc="bltl_m1w_s10-1_1.jpg" x_imagewidth="506" x_imageheight="53"/>
                    <Description>An equation that states that the probability of something happening equals the number of ways it can happen divided by the number of possible outcomes</Description>
                </Figure>
                <CaseStudy xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Example: Types of probability</Heading>
                    <SubHeading>What is the possibility of tossing a coin and getting heads?</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> One way: in this example, it’s either heads or it’s not.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> When we toss a coin there are two possible outcomes: heads or tails. </Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the probability of tossing a coin and getting heads is one in two (that is, <InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 50% or 0.5).</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>What is the possibility of rolling a dice and getting a 6?</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> One way: either it’s a 6 or it’s not.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are six numbers on a dice, so there are six possible outcomes.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the probability of rolling a 6 on a dice is one in six.</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>What is the possibility of rolling a dice and getting an even number?</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> There are three different ways we could roll an even number: the even numbers on a six-sided dice are 2, 4 and 6.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are six numbers on a dice, so there are six possible outcomes.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph>So the probability of rolling an even number on a die is three in six, which we can simplify to one in two (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 50% or 0.5).</Paragraph>
                    <SubHeading>What is the probability of spinning an A?</SubHeading>
                    <Paragraph>In some situations the possibilities are <i>not</i> equally likely. Look at this spinner:</Paragraph>
                    <Figure>
                        <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_10.1_example4.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_10.1_example4.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="ac71d643" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_10.1_example4.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/>
                        <Caption>Figure 26 Spinner</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a circular spinner. Half of the circle is labelled ‘A’. The rest of the circle is divided into quarters, which are labelled ‘B’ and ‘C’.</Description>
                    </Figure>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> One way: either you spin an A or not.</Paragraph>
                    <Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> The spinner has three numbers, but they are not all the same size – so the possibility of spinning an A is not one in three. We can see that section A of the spinner is twice as big as sections B and C, and takes up half of the spinner. So the probability of spinning an A is half, or one in two (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                    <mrow>
                                        <mfrac>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>1</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                            <mrow>
                                                <mn>2</mn>
                                            </mrow>
                                        </mfrac>
                                    </mrow>
                                </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 50% or 0.5).</Paragraph>
                </CaseStudy>
                <Activity xmlns:default="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                    <Heading>Activity 20: Calculating probability</Heading>
                    <Question>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem>What is the probability of Huw rolling a dice and getting an odd number?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Nancy is playing cards. What is the probability of her selecting:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem>a red card from the deck of playing cards?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>an ace from the deck of cards?</SubListItem>
<SubListItem>a heart from the deck?</SubListItem>
</NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>Harrison puts the letters that spell his name into a bag. What is the probability that he will pick out an R?</ListItem>
                            <ListItem>David has designed a wheel of fortune to use in the school fete. What is the probability of spinning a win?
<Figure>
    <Image src="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/pluginfile.php/4289709/mod_oucontent/oucontent/129588/bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_10.1_probability_example4.png" src_uri="file://\\dog\PrintLive\Corporate\Bringing learning to life\Maths L1 for Wales\provided to welsh team - English version\assets\s4\outputs\bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_10.1_probability_example4.png" width="100%" x_folderhash="0e428d63" x_contenthash="4947b32c" x_imagesrc="bltl_maths_l1_wales_s4_10.1_probability_example4.png" x_imagewidth="512" x_imageheight="301"/><Caption>Figure 27 Wheel of fortune</Caption>
                        <Description>An illustration of a wheel of fortune. The wheel is divided into sixteen sections, four of which are labelled ‘Winner’.</Description>
                    </Figure></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Question>
                    <Answer>
                        <NumberedList>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> There are three different ways that we could roll an odd number on a six-sided dice: a 1, 3 or 5.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are six numbers on a dice, so there are six possible outcomes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the probability of rolling an odd number on a dice is three in six, which we can simplify to one in two (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 50% or 0.5).</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem>The answers are as follows:
<NumberedSubsidiaryList class="lower-alpha">
<SubListItem><Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> There are 26 red cards in a deck of playing cards.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are 52 cards in a deck, so there are 52  possible outcomes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the probability of selecting a red card is 26 in 52, which we can simplify to one in two (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>2</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 50% or 0.5).</Paragraph></SubListItem>
<SubListItem><Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> There are four aces in a deck of playing cards.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are 52 cards in a deck, so there are 52  possible outcomes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the probability of selecting a red card is 4 in 52, which we can simplify to 1 in 13.</Paragraph>
</SubListItem>
<SubListItem><Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> There are 13 hearts in a deck of playing cards.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are 52 cards in a deck, so there are 52  possible outcomes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the probability of selecting a heart is 13 in 52, which we can simplify to one in four (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 25% or 0.25).</Paragraph></SubListItem></NumberedSubsidiaryList></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> There are two Rs in the name ‘Harrison’, so there are two ways that it can happen.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are eight letters in the name ‘Harrison’, so there are eight possible outcomes.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the probability of selecting an R is two in eight, which we can simplify to one in four (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 25% or 0.25).</Paragraph></ListItem>
                            <ListItem><!--<Paragraph>The win sections cover ¼ of the wheel so the chances of spinning a win are ¼ (0.25 or 25%)</Paragraph>-->
<Paragraph><i>How many ways can it happen?</i> There are four ‘winner’ sections, so there are four ways it can happen.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><i>How many possible outcomes are there?</i> There are 16 sections, so there are 16 sections that the spinner could land on.</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>So the probability of David spinning a win is 4 in 16, which we can simplify to one in four (<InlineEquation><MathML><math xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML">
                                                <mrow>
                                                  <mfrac>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>1</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  <mrow>
                                                  <mn>4</mn>
                                                  </mrow>
                                                  </mfrac>
                                                </mrow>
                                            </math></MathML></InlineEquation>, 25% or 0.25). The winning section covers a quarter of the spinner. </Paragraph></ListItem>
                        </NumberedList>
                    </Answer>
                </Activity>
                <InternalSection>
                    <Heading>Summary</Heading>
                    <Paragraph>In this section you have:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>learned about the possibility of different events happening</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>shown that some events are more likely to occur than others.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </InternalSection>
                <!--<Summary>
                    <Paragraph>In this topic you have:</Paragraph>
                    <BulletedList>
                        <ListItem>learned about the possibility of different events happening</ListItem>
                        <ListItem>shown that some events are more likely to occur than others.</ListItem>
                    </BulletedList>
                </Summary>-->
            </Section>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm2156">
            <Title>11 Session 4 quiz</Title>
            <Paragraph>Now it’s time to complete <a href="https://www.open.edu/openlearn/mod/oucontent/olink.php?id=147668&amp;targetdoc=Session+4+compulsory+badge+quiz">the end-of-course quiz</a>. It’s similar to previous quizzes, but in this one there will be 15 questions.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Open the quiz in a new window or tab then come back here when you’re done.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Remember, this quiz counts towards your badge. If you’re not successful the first time, you can attempt the quiz again in 24 hours.</Paragraph>
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm2162">
            <Title>12 Session 4 summary</Title>
            <Paragraph>You have now completed Session 4, ‘Handling data’. If you have identified any areas that you need to work on, please ensure you refer back to this section of the course. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>You should now be able to: </Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>extract and interpret information from tables, diagrams, charts and graphs </ListItem>
                <ListItem>collect and record discrete data, and organise and represent information in different ways </ListItem>
                <ListItem>find the mean and range of a group of numbers </ListItem>
                <ListItem>use data to assess the likelihood of an outcome. </ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <Paragraph>All of the skills listed above will help you when booking a holiday, reading the paper or analysing outcomes within your place of work. </Paragraph>
            <!--<Paragraph>You are now ready to move on to Session 4, ‘Shape and space’.</Paragraph>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm2172">
            <Title>13 Bringing it all together</Title>
            <Paragraph>Congratulations on completing <i>Everyday maths 1</i>. We hope you have enjoyed the experience and now feel inspired to develop your maths skills further. </Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>Throughout this course you have developed your skills within the following areas:</Paragraph>
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem>understanding and using whole numbers, and understanding negative numbers in practical contexts</ListItem>
                <ListItem>adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing whole numbers using a range of strategies</ListItem>
                <ListItem>understanding and using equivalences between common fractions, decimals and percentages</ListItem>
                <ListItem>adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing decimals up to two decimal places</ListItem>
                <ListItem>solving simple problems involving ratio</ListItem>
                <ListItem>solving problems requiring calculation with common measures, including time, length, weight, capacity and temperature</ListItem>
                <ListItem>converting units of measure in the same system</ListItem>
                <ListItem>extracting and interpreting information from tables, charts and graphs</ListItem>
                <ListItem>collecting and recording discrete data, and organising and representing information in different ways</ListItem>
                <ListItem>finding the mean and range of a group of numbers</ListItem>
                <ListItem>using data to assess the likelihood of an outcome</ListItem>
                <ListItem>identifying various shapes</ListItem>
                <ListItem>working with area and perimeter, and scale drawings.</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
            <!--<BulletedList>
<ListItem>understanding and using whole numbers, and understanding negative numbers in practical contexts</ListItem>
<ListItem>adding, subtracting, multiplying and dividing whole numbers using a range of strategies</ListItem>
<ListItem>understanding and using equivalences between common fractions, decimals and percentages</ListItem>
<ListItem>adding and subtracting decimals up to two decimal places</ListItem>
<ListItem>solving simple problems involving ratio, where one number is a multiple of the other</ListItem>
<ListItem>solving problems requiring calculation with common measures, including money, time, length, weight, capacity and temperature</ListItem>
<ListItem>converting units of measure in the same system</ListItem>
<ListItem>extracting and interpreting information from tables, diagrams, charts and graphs</ListItem>
<ListItem>collecting and recording discrete data, and organising and representing information in different ways</ListItem>
<ListItem>finding the mean and range of a group of numbers</ListItem>
<ListItem>using data to assess the likelihood of an outcome</ListItem>
<ListItem>identifying various shapes</ListItem>
<ListItem>working with area and perimeter, scale drawings, and basic map-reading.</ListItem>
</BulletedList>-->
        </Session>
        <Session id="nonumber-idm2191">
            <Title>14 Next steps</Title>
            <Paragraph>You may now want to develop your everyday maths skills further. If so, you should look into the <i>Everyday maths 2</i> course, coming soon on OpenLearn. <i>Everyday maths 2</i> with give you the opportunity to look at some of the topics you’ve explored here in more detail, as well as new content such as calculating capacity.</Paragraph>
            <Paragraph>If you would like to achieve a more formal qualification, please visit one of the centres listed below with your OpenLearn badge. They’ll help you to find the best way to achieve the Level 1 Essential Skills (ESW) qualification in maths, which will enhance your CV.</Paragraph>
            <!--<BulletedList>
<ListItem><b>The Bedford College Group</b> 
<Paragraph>Bedford College, Cauldwell St, Bedford, MK42 9AH</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><a href="https://www.bedford.ac.uk/">https://www.bedford.ac.uk/</a> • 01234 291000</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Tresham College, Windmill Avenue, Kettering, Northamptonshire, NN15 6ER</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><a href="https://www.tresham.ac.uk/">https://www.tresham.ac.uk/</a> • 01536 413123</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
<ListItem><b>Middlesbrough College</b> 
<Paragraph>Dock St, Middlesbrough, TS2 1AD</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><a href="https://www.mbro.ac.uk/">https://www.mbro.ac.uk/</a> • 01642 333333</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
<ListItem><b>West Herts College</b>
<Paragraph>Watford Campus, Hempstead Rd, Watford, WD17 3EZ</Paragraph>
<Paragraph><a href="https://www.westherts.ac.uk/">https://www.westherts.ac.uk/</a> • 01923 812345</Paragraph>
</ListItem>
</BulletedList>-->
            <BulletedList>
                <ListItem><b>Coleg Cambria</b> • <a href="https://www.cambria.ac.uk/">https://www.cambria.ac.uk/</a> • 0300 30 30 007
<!--<Paragraph>Bersham Road: Bersham Road, Wrexham, LL13 7UH</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Deeside: Kelsterton Road, Connah’s Quay, Deeside, Flintshire, CH5 4BR</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Llysfasi: Ruthin Road, Ruthin, Denbighshire, LL15 2LB</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Northop: Holywell Road, Northop, Flintshire, CH7 6AA </Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Yale: Grove Park Road, Wrexham, LL12 7AB </Paragraph>-->
</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Addysg Oedolion Cymru | Adult Learning Wales</b> • <a href="https://www.adultlearning.wales/">https://www.adultlearning.wales/</a> • 03300 580845
<!--<Paragraph>7 Coopers Yard, Curran Road, Cardiff, CF10 5NB </Paragraph>-->
</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>Coleg Gwent</b> • <a href="https://www.coleggwent.ac.uk/">https://www.coleggwent.ac.uk/</a> • 01495 333777
<!--<Paragraph>Blaenau Gwent Learning Zone: Lime Avenue, Ebbw Vale, NP23 6GL</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>City of Newport Campus: Nash Road, Newport, NP19 4TS</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Crosskeys Campus: Risca Road, Crosskeys, NP11 7ZA</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Pontypool Campus: Blaendare Road, Pontypool, NP4 5YE</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Usk Campus: The Rhadyr, Usk, NP15 1XJ</Paragraph>
<Paragraph>Coleg Gwent Business: Royal Chambers 3rd Floor, High Street, Newport,NP20 1FZ</Paragraph>-->
</ListItem>
                <ListItem><b>NPTC Group of Colleges</b> • <a href="https://www.nptcgroup.ac.uk/">https://www.nptcgroup.ac.uk/</a>
</ListItem>
            </BulletedList>
        </Session>
    </Unit>
    <BackMatter><!--NOW ONLY FOR GLOSSARY: To be completed where appropriate--></BackMatter>
</Item>
